summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/gnome2-user-guide/C
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorShaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>2011-02-28 10:40:29 -0500
committerShaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>2011-02-28 10:40:29 -0500
commit5226710da0f958f2633b61b82de42d5fa9dff6eb (patch)
treef37f2e853f8d2eeb578415cda9b5aec500974036 /gnome2-user-guide/C
parentff9ec2852e9f2f75e1bbb35486e0f28dc18cfc4f (diff)
downloadgnome-user-docs-5226710da0f958f2633b61b82de42d5fa9dff6eb.tar.gz
gnome-user-docs-5226710da0f958f2633b61b82de42d5fa9dff6eb.tar.xz
gnome-user-docs-5226710da0f958f2633b61b82de42d5fa9dff6eb.zip
Removing all the old GNOME 2 documents
Diffstat (limited to 'gnome2-user-guide/C')
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/.cvsignore3
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/ChangeLog853
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ask_pointer.pngbin235 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/busy_pointer.pngbin233 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/com_file_manager_menu.pngbin5352 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/copy_pointer.pngbin181 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/force_quit.pngbin1960 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/four_hide_button.pngbin1649 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gedit_window.pngbin19819 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gnome_panel.pngbin3558 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/hyperlink_pointer.pngbin248 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ibeam_pointer.pngbin197 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/link_pointer.pngbin292 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/lockscreen_icon.pngbin2168 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/logout_icon.pngbin2278 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_bar_applet.pngbin2523 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_panel.pngbin6539 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_panel_object_pointer.pngbin225 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_pointer.pngbin194 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/movewindow_pointer.pngbin152 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_browser_mode.pngbin56931 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_button_bar.pngbin7712 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_computer_launcher.pngbin3235 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_emblem.pngbin6683 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_go_to_location.pngbin4094 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_iconview_anno_window.xcfbin513735 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_link_emblem.pngbin845 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_noread_emblem.pngbin1008 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_normal_size_button.pngbin642 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.pngbin1068 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_refine_search.pngbin12837 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem1_icon.pngbin886 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem2_icon.pngbin2209 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem3_icon.pngbin1944 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem_icon.pngbin4376 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_samplesymlink_icon.pngbin3889 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_bar.pngbin3992 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_results.pngbin41790 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.pngbin45566 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_list_view.pngbin50568 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_mode.pngbin74023 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_view.pngbin33054 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_starthere_launcher.pngbin4511 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_trash_launcher.pngbin2362 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_in_button.pngbin766 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_out_button.pngbin620 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.pngbin113179 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/normal_pointer.pngbin305 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/not_available_pointer.pngbin161 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/notification_area_icon.pngbin945 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/open_drawer.pngbin6431 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/openwindows_menu.pngbin7510 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/panel_object_popup_menu.pngbin2974 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/resize_pointer.pngbin205 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/run_button.pngbin3573 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_anno_panel.xcfbin92884 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_applet.pngbin12211 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/screenshot_button.pngbin2866 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/searchtool_button.pngbin2634 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/show_desktop_button.pngbin2236 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.pngbin6004 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.xcfbin57153 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_window.pngbin3144 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_anno_desktop.xcfbin456467 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_menu.pngbin6470 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_applet.pngbin2989 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_group_applet.pngbin4455 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/workspace_switcher_applet.pngbin1631 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_add_bookmark.pngbin8645 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.pngbin16073 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_preferences.pngbin16781 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_window.pngbin41402 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/glossary.xml194
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gosbasic.xml1051
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/goscustdesk.xml3011
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/goseditmainmenu.xml120
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gosfeedback.xml97
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gosnautilus.xml4291
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gosoverview.xml565
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gospanel.xml1712
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gosstartsession.xml333
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/gostools.xml1065
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/legal.xml76
-rw-r--r--gnome2-user-guide/C/user-guide.xml245
84 files changed, 0 insertions, 13616 deletions
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/.cvsignore b/gnome2-user-guide/C/.cvsignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 978701f..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/.cvsignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-omf_timestamp
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/ChangeLog b/gnome2-user-guide/C/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index 00d08d2..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,853 +0,0 @@
-2009-04-03 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: title tag should be before anchor to be valid DocBook.
- Fixes #577778
-
-2009-02-24 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Update the keybinding capplet docs.
- Fixes #571018
-
-2009-02-24 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Update the Window capplet docs.
- Fixes #570915
-
-2009-02-24 Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com>
-
- * gostools.xml: Update gnome-screenshot documentation.
- Fixes #571017
-
-2009-02-12 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Updated Preferred applications section.
- Fixes #413452.
-
-2008-11-16 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * glossary.xml: Replaced 'CD Player' by 'Volume Control' in example.
-
-2008-11-16 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * gospanel.xml: Replaced 'CD Player' applet by Clock applet in example.
- Fixes #452870.
- Updated and partially rewritten table describing Panel launcher command
- codes. Deprecated codes removed. Fixes #375679.
- * figures/sample_applet.png: Updated screenshot with new applet and fresh
- look.
-
-2008-11-01 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * goscustaccess.xml:
- * goscustlookandfeel.xml:
- * gosmetacity.xml:
- * l10n-readme.txt:
- * plaingnomestartpreftools.xml:
- * user-guide.pdf: Deleted old files.
- Fixes #415937.
-
-2008-08-08 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- * gosoverview.xml: Fixed typos as of
- http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gnome-doc-list/2008-July/msg00011.html
-
-2008-04-09 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- * gospanel.xml: Generalize the launcher area description.
- Fixes #413456.
-
-2008-04-07 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * user-guide.xml: Corrected link to GNOME Feedback.
-
-2008-04-05 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Fixed duplicated 'such as'. Rewritten background style
- section.
- Fixes #452768, #452648.
-
-2008-04-05 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: Fixed outdated menu items. Patch by Robert-André
- Mauchin.
- Fixes #502015.
-
-2008-03-30 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png: in and out buttons were identical.
- Fixes #509299.
-
-2008-03-30 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Typo fixed. Fixes #449450.
-
-2007-09-01 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Corrected non terminated menuchoice tag.
-
-2007-09-01 Claude Paroz <claude@2xlibre.net>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: Updated Preferred Applications section. Patch by
- Benjamin Gramlich <benjamin.gramlich@gmail.com>. Fixes #353085.
-
-2007-03-11 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: partly reversing changes from #398902: new Control Center
- is held back. Keeping subcategories.
- * gospanel.xml: updated explanation for locking to panel. #416415
-
-2007-03-09 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gospanel.xml: reverted updated ids -- see #415887 for reasons.
-
-2007-03-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gospanel.xml: merged in content from Window List manual. #415887
- updated section IDs in new material and links to it.
-
-2007-03-01 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml: Refer to mouse pointer, not mouse. #413476
- Correct reference to old (1.x) top panel name. #413475
- * gosnautilus.xml: Fixed missing or incorrect tags. #413486
- Fixed typo. #413482
- Rewrote descrition of the location bar buttons. #413487
-
-2007-02-28 Luca Ferretti <elle.uca@libero.it>
-
- * figures/naut_emblem.png:
- Doh! Filenames should be in English too...
-
-2007-02-28 Luca Ferretti <elle.uca@libero.it>
-
- * figures/naut_trash_launcher.png:
- Updated to match current GNOME appearance.
-
-2007-02-28 Luca Ferretti <elle.uca@libero.it>
-
- * figures/naut_emblem.png:
- * figures/naut_link_emblem.png:
- Updated to match current GNOME appearance. naut_link_emblem.png
- is just a copy of emblem-symbolic-link from gnome-icon-theme and
- don't need localization.
-
-2007-02-27 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: correct procedure to create a new folder. #412306
-
-2007-02-15 Luca Ferretti <elle.uca@libero.it>
-
- * figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png:
- * figures/naut_normal_size_button.png:
- * figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png:
-
- Updated to match current GNOME appearance. Zoom in and out
- don't need localized versions. Normal size could need if
- in your locale it's different from "100%".
-
-2007-01-30 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Better explanation of tools that need a password
- remove screenshot and intro from network-admin documentation. #398902
-
-2007-01-24 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- * gostools.xml:
- * user-guide.xml:
- * gosoverview.xml:
- Moving Printers section from Tools to Preferences.
- Importing network-admin documentation from who knows where
- Adding extra chunking to goscustdesk.xml for those viewing it as a standalone
-chapter
- Deleting the CDDB Database section (apparently obsolete)
- Adding Matthew East and Carlos Garnacho Parro to contributors
- -- Patch from Matthew East. #398902.
-
-2007-01-22 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: split into subsections for categories to reflect new Control Center. Patch from Matthew East. #398902
- * gosnautilus.xml: preserving section ids removed from goscustdesk.xml.
-
-2007-01-16 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: Added new material on unix filesystem and permissions,
- material from Ubuntu docs team (dual-licensed with GFDL). #389033
-
-2006-12-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- * gospanel.xml:
- Better titles for sections: Using the Panels, Using the Main Menubar. #389035
- * gosnautilus.xml: Update for Location bar button,
- remove 'Always use text entry location bar' pref. #348841
-
-2006-12-23 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: Shift+Del shortcut. Patch from Milo Casagrande, fixes #362646
- * goscustdesk.xml: update labels for screensaver preferences. Patch from Milo Casagrande, fixes #380083
-
-2006-12-20 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: warn of bugs in adding fonts:
- folder not updated; running apps don't have access. Fixes #386834
- * gostools.xml: open documents and urls in the Run Application dialog. #383240
-
-2006-12-02 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gostools.xml: mention opening files in Yelp from Nautilus. Patch from karderio. Fixes #381377
- * gosbasic.xml: rewrite 'Mouse Skills' and 'Mouse Button Conventions'. Patch from karderio. Fixes #381418
-
-2006-11-11 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: remove mention of Duplicate command in context menu. Patch from Christophe Bliard. Fixes #372705
-
-2006-11-02 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml: mention "Document font" in font preferences. Fixes #369160
- Split section on font preferences more sensibly while I'm at it.
-
-2006-09-06 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: better wording for writing CDs:
- patch from Chris Wagner for #354625
-
-2006-09-04 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml: change window title for alacarte menu editor
- * gospanel.xml: new launcher properties dialog
-
-2006-09-03 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * figures/titlebar_window.png: new image
- * gosoverview.xml: updated screenshot of window titlebar
- * gosnautilus.xml: updated section on file permissions for new UI
- * gosfeedback.xml: very quick update for Bug Buddy
-
-2006-08-27 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml, gospanel.xml: changed titles
- * goscustdesk.xml: typos: #350755.
-
-2006-08-22 Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@openshine.com>
-
- * gosbasic.xml: Replaced "Command" with "Action" on table headers.
- * gostools.xml:
- Fixed some mistakes with tags.
- Added some documentation about gnome-screenshot
- options, and recoded keycombos using docbook tags.
-
-2006-08-11 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml: fixed a typo. Fixes #350755
- * gostools.xml: added link to Yelp homepage
-
-2006-08-10 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml, gosstartsession.xml, gospanel.xml, goseditmainmenu.xml,
- gosnautilus.xml, gostools.xml, goscustdesk.xml:
- replace 'Desktop' menu with 'System'. Fixes #350489
-
-2006-07-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- added link to admin guide section 'Customizing Menus'. Fixes 331928
-
-2006-07-06 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gostools.xml:
- added section on setting up a printer. Fixes #346395
-
-2006-07-01 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosfeedback.xml:
- created new file
- moved in "Join Gnome" section
- copied in material from gnome-feedback/C/gnome-feedback.xml Fixes #335968
- added link to Bug Report Tool manual
- * user-guide.xml: moved appendix to gosfeedback.xml & added include for same
-
-2006-04-09 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- * gospanel.xml:
- cleaning up terminology for the panel menubar
- * gospanel.xml:
- documenting launcher replaceable command parameters. Fixes #307978
- * user-guide.xml:
- added appendix section 'Joining the GNOME Project'
-
-2006-04-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- updated section on the Filechooser, following review by GTK team
-
-2006-04-07 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- updated section on detachable toolbars
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- added info on Editable menu accelerators option
-
-2006-04-03 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png
- * figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png
- * figures/naut_spatial_view.png
- scaled down to 75%
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- new section on item properties window: basic intro & links in and out
-
-2006-04-01 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- added note about Ignore Host List in Network Proxy prefs, reformatted list
-
-2006-03-29 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- rewritten Keyboard Layout Options.
-
-2006-03-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- rewritten Keyboard Shortcuts Preferences. Fixes #329073
-
-2006-03-25 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- rewritten Keyboard Layouts Preferences & Typing Break sections
-
-2006-03-17 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- rewritten section on editing menus
- removed old sections that depend on obsolete apps:/// URI, eg 'To Add a Menu'
-
-2006-03-13 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * user-guide.pdf:
- Final version of the 2.14 PDF.
-
-2006-03-12 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- updated "Special URIs" section, added links to saner alternatives.
- added brief section on Open Location dialog
- tidied up sections on moving and copying files
- rewritten section on Bookmarks to work for spatial mode
- rewritten intro section on opening files
- added note about Joliet and the Rock Ridge to writing CDs section. Fixes #153112
- added id 'nautilus-server-connect' (filed bug for help button)
- moved section 'Modifying the Appearance of Files and Folders' further down
- moved 'Using Views' out of the above section and into 'Managing Your Files'
- moved 'Selecting Files and Folders' up within 'Managing Your Files'
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- removed mention of fonts:/// URI. Fixes #140647
- * glossary.xml:
- added term 'file extension'
- * gospanel.xml:
- removed old sections, rearranged stuff, generally tidied up
- * /figures/menu_bar_applet.png
- updated for 2.14
-
-2006-03-11 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosbasic.xml:
- added references to new pointer images & tweaked text. Partial fix to #330123
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- updated a section id
-
-2006-03-11 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * figures/busy_pointer.png:
- * figures/hyperlink_pointer.png:
- * figures/ibeam_pointer.png:
- * figures/movewindow_pointer.png:
- Added these files to CVS as partial fix to #330123
-
-2006-03-11 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gospanel.xml:
- rewritten section 'Adding an Object to a Panel'. Fixes #332309
- rewritten section on launchers. Split off and renamed 'Launcher Properties', which the UI links to
-
-2006-03-11 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- * gospanel.xml:
- Changed four xref elements which linked to an anchor, which is a no
- no. Made them link to the closest appropriate section.
-
-2006-03-09 Christian Neumair <chris@gnome-de.org>
-
- * figures/naut_browser_window.png:
- * figures/naut_computer_contents.png:
- * figures/naut_home_launcher.png:
- * gosdeskback.xml:
- Remove, no longer used. Fixes #324966. Thanks to Joachim Noreiko.
-
- * Makefile.in:
- Remove gosdeskback.xml.
-
-2006-03-08 Christian Neumair <chris@gnome-de.org>
-
- * figures/naut_link_emblem.png:
- * figures/naut_noread_emblem.png:
- * figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png:
- Replace with newer artwork. Fixes #314261. Thanks to Nelson Benítez.
-
-2006-03-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gospanel.xml:
- added link in lock screen button to screensaver prefs
- changed name to 'Lock Screen Button' to match interface.
- * gosstartsession.xml:
- changed name to 'Lock Screen Button' to match interface.
-
-2006-03-02 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- added section on screensaver prefs (gnome-screensaver)
-
-2006-02-28 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * gostools.xml:
- completed a unfinished sentence; documented the man: and ghelp: URIs a
- bit more. Added links to gnome-doc-utils documentation. Fixes #331793
- for good. Thanks to Joachim for merging the Yelp documentation.
-
-2006-02-28 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- added section on the fileselector
-
-2006-02-28 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- added link to GStreamer, prefs tool with docs outside the UG
- added a note to the CD database prefs tool saying *diplomatically* that no apps except CD player use it
- added introduction to pref tools
-
-2006-02-27 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- added section on the desktop, using material from the wiki by Nigel Tao
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- updated a section id
- moved id "nautilus-desktop" to gosoverview.xml for new section
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- cleaned up desktop background prefs
- * user-guide.xml:
- added Nigel Tao to the author list
-
-2006-02-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- expanded and updated section on burning CDs, including material from the wiki
-
-2006-02-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gostools.xml:
- added yelp documentation from Brent Smith
-
-2006-02-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- major surgery, reordering sections and collapsing some
- "Assigning Actions to Files" folded into "Opening Files"
- "Changing Backgrounds" moved to "Modifying the Appearance of Files and Folders"
- "Nautilus Preferences" promoted to top-level
-
-2006-02-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosstartsession.xml:
- added username in Log Out menu entry (fixes bug 332445)
- removed paragraph on save session dialog (fixes bug 332609)
- * gostools.xml:
- updated screenshot section (fixes bug 332441)
- removed procedure to add screenshot applet to panel, linked to panel section instead
-
-2006-02-26 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- update from John Stowers:
- added new sections on:
- searching
- location bar
- list vs. icon view
- extending Nautilus
- select files by pattern
- hidden files
- tidied up a lot of the browser/spatial inconsistencies and explains them clearly
- (note: removed ids gosnautilus-components, gosnautilus-presentation
- were added in cvs revision 1.17.)
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- updated cross-references to gosnautilus.xml
- * new figures:
- figures/naut_browser_mode.png
- figures/naut_button_bar.png
- figures/naut_emblem.png
- figures/naut_go_to_location.png
- figures/naut_refine_search.png
- figures/naut_search_bar.png
- figures/naut_search_results.png
- figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png
- figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png
- figures/naut_spatial_mode.png
- figures/naut_spatial_view.png
- figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png
- * user-guide.xml:
- added John Stowers to the author list
-
-2006-02-25 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- added new introduction to applications, using material
- from the wiki by Daniel Espinosa Ortiz
- relegated old material to a subsection
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- updated a section id
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- minor edit for readability
- * user-guide.xml:
- added Tim Littlemore and Brent Smith to the author list
- * goscustdesk-remotedesktop.xml
- removed from cvs: no longer used. material was moved to goscustdesk.xml
-
-2006-02-24 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- updated section on workspaces, using material from
- the wiki by Tim Littlemore and Brent Smith
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- updated first part for 2.14.
- removed a number of sections
- moved some sections to gospanel.xml and gostools.xml
- * gospanel.xml:
- moved in Main Menu section from goseditmainmenu.xml
- moved in Menu Bar section from goseditmainmenu.xml
- * gostools.xml:
- moved in Run Application Dialog section from goseditmainmenu.xml and updated it
- * gosstartsession.xml:
- changed section ids newly linked to from goseditmainmenu.xml
- to use meaningful names instead of numbers
-
-2006-02-22 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gospanel.xml:
- updated first two sections for 2.14
- * goseditmainmenu.xml:
- * gosoverview.xml:
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- changed section ids newly linked to from gospanel.xml
- to use meaningful names instead of numbers
-
-2006-02-21 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- added mention of edge resistance and holding shift to move a window between edges
- added mention of numeric keypad
- added mention of alt-dragging a window
- expanded section on using the keyboard to resize a window
-
-2006-02-18 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * user-guide.xml:
- converted the documents to use XInclude instead of SYSTEM entities
-
-2006-02-16,17 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- added id 'nautilus-select-pattern' in anticipation of bug 331443
- added id 'nautilus-permissions'
-
-2006-02-14 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * user-guide.xml:
- Added Daniel Espinosa Ortiz to the author listing
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Appended 'Preferences' to titles of top-level sections on Preference tools
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- Removed paragraph from section 'Using Views to Display Your Files and Folders'
- that doesn't seem relevant here
- * goseditmainmenu.xml, gostools.xml
- moved section on taking screenshots from goseditmainmenu.xml to gostools.xml
-
-2006-02-13 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * ChangeLog:
- convert spaces to tabs where appropriate in ChangeLog (sorry, it was
- driving me nuts)
-
-2006-02-13 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * Makefile.am, and
- * user-guide.xml:
- removed references to goscustdesk-remotedesktop.xml
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- copied in material from goscustdesk-remotedesktop.xml
- removed section 'Customizing Your Panels', prefs tool no longer exists
- rearranged order of sections to match the menu
-
-2006-02-13 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosstartsession.xml:
- updated with material from the wiki by Daniel Espinosa Ortiz
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- added section on screensaver: empty placeholder for now
- changed section ids newly linked to from gosstartsession.xml
- to use meaningful names instead of numbers
- * gospanel.xml:
- changed section ids newly linked to from gosstartsession.xml
- to use meaningful names instead of numbers
-
-2006-02-12 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * Makefile.am:
- added gostools.xml to entities variable so that it gets installed.
- removed part1.xml and part2.xml since these files don't exist in cvs.
- * user-guide-C.omf:
- added more verbose description of document to scrollkeeper
- * user-guide.xml:
- re-added gostools entity reference (assuming that it will be expanded
- upon before release)
- updated version, and added abstract
-
-2006-02-12 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * gnome2-user-guide/C/gospanel.xml:
- small validation fix (previous commit, moved to this ChangeLog instead
- of top-level ChangeLog)
- * gnome2-user-guide/C/user-guide.xml:
- removed reference to gostools.xml since it is not installed by
- Makefile.am
-
-2006-02-12 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- style guide tweaks
-
-2006-02-12 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gospanel.xml:
- copying section on the window selector from gosmetacity.xml to fix bug 330917
-
-2006-02-12 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * user-guide.xml:
- adding myself to authorlist,
- adding comments to help with matching xml files to sections of the guide
-
-2006-02-11 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- Fix my error in applying wrong patch.
- * user-guide.xml:
- Added Karderio to the author listing, and modified the revhistory.
-
-2006-02-11 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- updated section on Giving Focus to a Window with material from the wiki
- by Daniel Espinosa Ortiz
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- changed section ids newly linked to from gosoverview.xml,
- to use meaningful names instead of numbers
-
-2006-02-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * gosbasic.xml:
- Fix for Bug 310227 – spelling mistakes
-
-2006-02-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Removing section on 'File Types and Programs' prefs tool, no longer exists.
-
-2006-02-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Changing section title to 'Configuring Your Desktop'
- and subsection titles to match menu elements
-
-2006-02-08 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Fix for Bug 330122 – Need explanation of how to open
- Keyboard Accessibility Preferences
-
-2006-02-06 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Fixing Bug 316943: adding links to the Accessibility guide
- in the section on Configuring Keyboard Accessibility Options.
-
-2006-02-04 Shaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>
-
- * gosoverview.xml:
- * gospanel.xml:
- * gostools.xml:
- - Quick validity fixes
-
-2006-02-04 Brent Smith <gnome@nextreality.net>
-
- * gosnautilus.xml:
- Many updates to the gosnautilus.xml document from Chris Fox
- (Karderio), fixes #324966
-
-2006-02-02 Joachim Noreiko <jnoreiko@yahoo.com>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- Updated mouse preferences to match UI change 'cursor'->'pointer' (Bug 318056)
-
-2006-01-15 Shaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>
-
- * gnome2-user-guide/C/gosbasic.xml:
- * gnome2-user-guide/C/goscustdesk.xml:
- * gnome2-user-guide/C/gosoverview.xml:
- - User Guide updates from Joachim Noreiko
-
-2004-08-27 Shaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>
-
- * user-guide-C.omf:
- - Updated maintainer
- - Unixified the newlines
-
-2004-04-20 Shaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>
-
- * goscustdesk.xml:
- * plaingnomestartpreftools.xml:
- - Numerous edits per the mini-review today
-
-2004-03-18 Brian Casey <brian.casey@sun.com>
-
- * Further updates to User Guide for GNOME 2.6.
-
-2004-03-09 Brian Casey <brian.casey@sun.com>
-
- * Updated User Guide for GNOME 2.6.
-
-2004-01-30 Shaun McCance <shaunm@gnome.org>
-
- * Makefile.am:
- - Changes for as-a-whole user guide, instead of by-chapter.
-
-2004-01-22 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Removed w*.xml wrapper files, front.xml, and all OMF files that refer to w*.xml files. This is to remove the implementation of the UG in Yelp whereby each chapter is displayed as an individual book.
-
-2003-09-08 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Further updates to User Guide for GNOME 2.4.
-
-2003-08-10 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated User Guide for GNOME 2.4.
-
-2003-04-08 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Added wglossary.xml so that User Guide Glossary appears in Yelp. Updated screenshots: naut_desktop.png, typical_anno_desktop.png, naut_home_launcher.png, typical_anno_desktop.xcf
-
-2003-03-24 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Fixed incorrect version identifier in all OMFs.
-
-2003-03-24 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Removed obsolete files: cc_accessx.png cc_appearance_tab.png cc_defaultbrowser_tab.png cc_defaulthelp_tab.png cc_htmlkeyboard_tab.png cc_htmlmisc_tab.png cc_keyboardsound_tab.png cc_mimetypes_tab.png controlcenter_anno_window.png controlcenter_icon.png gedit2_window.png gedit_pref2_dialog.png gnometerminal_icon.png help_icon.png menu_editor_anno_window.png naut_news_edit_tab.png naut_news_select_tab.png naut_news_tab.png naut_pref_navigation_dialog.png naut_website_window.png netscape_icon.png runprogram_icon.png statusdock2_button.png statusdock_button.png tasklist_applet.png tasklist_group2_applet.png tasklist_group_applet.png titlebar_anno_msw_window.png typical_anno_menu.png
-
-2003-03-07 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated User Guide for GNOME 2.2.1.
-
-2003-01-27 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated User Guide PDF for GNOME 2.2. Removed l10n-screenshots.txt.
-
-2003-01-24 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated User Guide for GNOME 2.2.
-
-2002-11-27 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Added revision history information for previous revisions in user-guide.xml and front.xml. This information had been
-accidentally omitted.
-
-2002-11-13 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Added 'V' before manrevision entity in user-guide.xml and front.xml.
-
-2002-10-16 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * V2.3 of the User Guide
- * New section: 5.6.2.1 To Add a Launcher to an Empty Menu
- * Updated section: 9.10 Setting Themes in the Desktop
- * All chapters: Updated graphic text equivalents.
- * Updated screenshots: typical_anno_desktop.png, menu_panel.png, naut_prop_emblem_window.png, cc_theme_window_tab.png,
-cc_theme_tab.png, cc_metacity.png, cc_basic_keyboardshortcuts.png
- * Added l10n-readme.txt and l10n-screenshots.txt to assist localisation.
- * Added OMF file for User Guide Glossary.
-
-2002-10-09 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Removed obsolete file gnomessug.xml.
-
-2002-08-28 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated launcher_popup.png to reflect restored functionality.
-
-2002-08-27 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated *.xml, *.omf, figures/*.png, figures/*.xcf with 2.0.1
- changes. Includes menu editing, new keyboard shortcuts functionality,
- removable media. V2.2 of the User Guide.
-
-2002-08-24 Eric Baudais <baudais@kkpsi.org>
-
- * user-guide.pdf: Adding a PDF version of the UG.
-
-2002-08-07 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Minor updates: fixing valigns, typos, updating 508 text,
- adding View > Stop info.
-
-2002-08-06 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Minor updates to Nautilus, Sessions, Basic Preferences, Panels
- for 2.0.1. Sessions: typo in To Use Startup Applications. Panels:
- Changed OK button to Close button in To Modify Panel Properties.
- Nautilus: Changed File menu to Edit menu in Duplicate, and Rename.
- Basic Preferences: Updated label name in Network Proxy.
-
-2002-08-02 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
- * Updated *.xml, *.omf, figures/*.png, figures/*.xcf with 2.0.1
- changes.
-
-2002-07-28 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
-* Updated *.xml, *.omf, figures/*.png, figures/*.xcf with 2.0.1
- changes.
-
-2002-07-28 Chris Lyttle <chris@wilddev.net>
-
- * *.omf: reverted files to previous version now that SK support works
-
-2002-07-19 Chris Lyttle <chris@wilddev.net>
-
- * *.omf: reverted files to previous version as scrollkeeper doesn't
- support these changes yet.
-
-2002-07-17 Eugene O'Connor <eugene.oconnor@sun.com>
-
-* Updated existing OMFs with new ScrollKeeper categories and short titles
-* Added new OMFs to enable Desktop Preferences chapters and File Manager
- chapter to be linked to from more than one link in the Yelp side pane.
-
-
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ask_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ask_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index f361202..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ask_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/busy_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/busy_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5af1313..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/busy_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/com_file_manager_menu.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/com_file_manager_menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 77e9ed7..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/com_file_manager_menu.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/copy_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/copy_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b818b5..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/copy_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/force_quit.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/force_quit.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f8ffb7..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/force_quit.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/four_hide_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/four_hide_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d500119..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/four_hide_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gedit_window.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gedit_window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e2109c1..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gedit_window.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gnome_panel.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gnome_panel.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 367089f..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/gnome_panel.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/hyperlink_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/hyperlink_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 264e77d..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/hyperlink_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ibeam_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ibeam_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index d199d33..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/ibeam_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/link_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/link_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ddb5e86..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/link_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/lockscreen_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/lockscreen_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index aa456a1..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/lockscreen_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/logout_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/logout_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9845907..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/logout_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_bar_applet.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_bar_applet.png
deleted file mode 100644
index aede4f7..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_bar_applet.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_panel.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_panel.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c64c6d7..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/menu_panel.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b0d3ccc..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ffa48e..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/move_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/movewindow_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/movewindow_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eab7f8..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/movewindow_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_browser_mode.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_browser_mode.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 242236b..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_browser_mode.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_button_bar.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_button_bar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ce2e96..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_button_bar.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_computer_launcher.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_computer_launcher.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 75f3def..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_computer_launcher.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_emblem.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_emblem.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a2f343..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_emblem.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_go_to_location.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_go_to_location.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d9f541..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_go_to_location.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_iconview_anno_window.xcf b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_iconview_anno_window.xcf
deleted file mode 100644
index d4bb34f..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_iconview_anno_window.xcf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_link_emblem.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_link_emblem.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 06c9bf3..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_link_emblem.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_noread_emblem.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_noread_emblem.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5112b30..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_noread_emblem.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_normal_size_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_normal_size_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 94b9f9b..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_normal_size_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 32339ca..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_refine_search.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_refine_search.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 41ac997..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_refine_search.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem1_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem1_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b6539a3..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem1_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem2_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem2_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e15a7a3..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem2_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem3_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem3_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3b14c0c..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem3_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index da24362..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_sampleemblem_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_samplesymlink_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_samplesymlink_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e6072a3..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_samplesymlink_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_bar.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_bar.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a5eb9d4..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_bar.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_results.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_results.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 31c253e..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_search_results.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f8e2af..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 18c38d6..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_mode.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_mode.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a2de099..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_mode.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_view.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_view.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f588e7..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_spatial_view.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_starthere_launcher.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_starthere_launcher.png
deleted file mode 100644
index eed7b3d..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_starthere_launcher.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_trash_launcher.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_trash_launcher.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7f7e27a..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_trash_launcher.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a2e4a39..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e62b1b..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a00da3f..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/normal_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/normal_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index bdd6a47..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/normal_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/not_available_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/not_available_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a5de82..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/not_available_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/notification_area_icon.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/notification_area_icon.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 07c88ee..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/notification_area_icon.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/open_drawer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/open_drawer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 1628ec1..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/open_drawer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/openwindows_menu.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/openwindows_menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e032af3..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/openwindows_menu.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6be2494..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/resize_pointer.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/resize_pointer.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c0c9bb6..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/resize_pointer.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/run_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/run_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7da29be..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/run_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_anno_panel.xcf b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_anno_panel.xcf
deleted file mode 100644
index f04a284..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_anno_panel.xcf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_applet.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_applet.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 257705d..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/sample_applet.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/screenshot_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/screenshot_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c4b7b8a..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/screenshot_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/searchtool_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/searchtool_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ece337c..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/searchtool_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/show_desktop_button.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/show_desktop_button.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3dca47f..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/show_desktop_button.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 69c60c2..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.xcf b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.xcf
deleted file mode 100644
index 28138b2..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_anno_window.xcf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_window.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index c03f3e2..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/titlebar_window.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_anno_desktop.xcf b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_anno_desktop.xcf
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a11b90..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_anno_desktop.xcf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_menu.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_menu.png
deleted file mode 100644
index bdc859d..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/typical_menu.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_applet.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_applet.png
deleted file mode 100644
index ee45d06..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_applet.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_group_applet.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_group_applet.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a55db2..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/window_list_group_applet.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png
deleted file mode 100644
index e306d43..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 2da0c89..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png
deleted file mode 100644
index a1e5e9a..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_preferences.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_preferences.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e2248b..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_preferences.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_window.png b/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_window.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e71e4a..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/figures/yelp_window.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/glossary.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/glossary.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2320522..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/glossary.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-<glossary id="glossary-1">
- <title>Glossary</title>
- <glossentry id="glossary-6">
- <glossterm>applet</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>An applet is a small, interactive application that resides
-within a panel, for example the <application>Volume Control</application>. Each
-applet has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or
-keyboard. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-40">
- <glossterm>desktop</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>The part of the GNOME Desktop where there are no interface
-graphical items, such as panels and windows.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-31">
- <glossterm>desktop background</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>The image or color that is applied to your desktop. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-9">
- <glossterm>desktop object</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>An icon on your desktop that you can use to open your files,
-folders, and applications. You can use desktop objects to provide convenient
-access to files, folders, and applications that you use frequently.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-20">
- <glossterm>DNS name</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-8">
- <glossterm>drawer</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A drawer is a sliding extension to a panel that you can open
-or close from a drawer icon. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-fileextension">
- <glossterm>file extension</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>The final portion of a file's name, after the last period (.) in the name. For example, the file extension of the file <filename>picture.jpeg</filename> is <filename>jpeg</filename>.</para>
- <para>The file extension can identify the type of a file. <application>Nautilus</application> file manager uses this information when to determine what to do when you open a file. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-open-file"/>.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-23">
- <glossterm>format</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>To format media is to prepare the media for use with a particular
-file system. When you format media, you overwrite any existing information
-on the media. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-10">
- <glossterm>GNOME-compliant application</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>An application that uses the standard GNOME programming libraries
-is called a GNOME-compliant application. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> file manager and <application>gedit</application> text editor
-are GNOME-compliant applications.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-21">
- <glossterm>IP address</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-25">
- <glossterm>keyboard shortcut</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination
-of keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-3">
- <glossterm>launcher</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A launcher starts a particular application, executes a command,
-or opens a file. A launcher can reside in a panel or in a menu.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-11">
- <glossterm>menubar</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A menubar is a bar at the top of an application window that
-contains the menus for the application. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-27">
- <glossterm>MIME type</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type identifies
-the format of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file.
-For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal>
-MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is attached
-to an email.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-24">
- <glossterm>mount</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>To mount is to make a file system available for access. When
-you mount a file system, the file system is attached as a subdirectory to
-your file system. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-4">
- <glossterm>pane</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A pane is a subdivision of a window. For example, the <application>Nautilus</application> window contains a side pane and a view pane. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-2">
- <glossterm>preference tool</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A dedicated software tool that controls a particular part
-of the behavior of the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-5">
- <glossterm>shortcut keys</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>Shortcut keys are keystrokes that provide a quick way to perform
-an action. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-15">
- <glossterm>stacking order</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>The stacking order is the order in which windows are stacked
-on top of each other on your screen. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-13">
- <glossterm>statusbar</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A statusbar is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides
-information about the current state of what you are viewing in the window. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-28">
- <glossterm>symbolic link</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A special type of file that points to another file or folder.
-When you perform an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on
-the file or folder to which the symbolic link points. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-12">
- <glossterm>toolbar</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A toolbar is a bar that contains buttons for the most commonly-used
-commands in an application. Typically, a toolbar appears under a menubar.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-29">
- <glossterm>Uniform Resource Identifier</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) is a string that identifies
-a particular location in a file system or on the Web. For example, the address
-of a web page is a URI.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-19">
- <glossterm>Uniform Resource Locator</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the address of a particular
-location on the Web.</para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-16">
- <glossterm>view</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A <application>Nautilus</application> component that enables
-you to display a folder in a particular way. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> contains an icon view which enables you to display the contents
-of a folder as icons. <application>Nautilus</application> also contains a
-list view which enables you to display the contents of a folder as a list. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
- <glossentry id="glossary-7">
- <glossterm>workspace</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>A workspace is a discrete area in the GNOME Desktop in which
-you can work. </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-</glossary>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosbasic.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosbasic.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f0073e3..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosbasic.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1051 +0,0 @@
-<!-- -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- -->
-<chapter id="basic-skills">
-<title>Basic Skills</title>
-
-<!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
-<anchor id="part1-1"/>
-<anchor id="gosbasic-1"/>
-<anchor id="gosbasic-46"/> <!-- was Using Windows -->
-
-<highlights>
- <para>This chapter introduces you to the basic skills that you
- need to work with the GNOME Desktop.</para>
-</highlights>
-
-<section id="mouse-skills">
- <title>Mouse Skills</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-2"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>basic skills</primary>
- <secondary>mouse skills</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>basic skills</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <!-- Notes for future development of the mouse section
- Contents list:
- * buttons
- * click, drag, etc
- * what you actually do with those: the concept of focus, selection, etc.
- basically, an introduction to the 'noun, verb' grammar of GUIs
- * pointers
- -->
-
- <para>
- This section describes what the mouse buttons do, and what the different pointers mean.
- </para>
-
- <para>A mouse is a pointing device that lets you move the mouse pointer on the screen. The mouse pointer is usually
-a small arrow with which you point to objects on your screen. Pressing a mouse button will perform a particular
-action on the object over which your mouse pointer is situated, depending on which button you press.
- </para>
-
- <section id="mouse-conventions">
- <title>Mouse Button Conventions</title>
- <titleabbrev>Buttons</titleabbrev>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosgetstarted-44"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>button conventions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>The instructions in this manual are for three buttoned, right handed mouse devices, the most common type.
- If you use another type of mouse or pointing device, you should take care to locate the corresponding buttons on your mouse. If you use a left-handed mouse
- see the paragraph on setting mouse orientation below.
- </para>
-
- <note><para>If you set your mouse device to be left handed, you should reverse the mouse button
- conventions used in this manual. This is normally also implied in most documentation and in many
- applications.</para></note>
-
- <para>Some mice lack a middle button. If you have a two-button mouse device,
- then your system may be configured to use <firstterm>chording</firstterm> to allow middle button simulation. If chording is activated,
- you press the left and right mouse buttons simultaneously, to simulate the
- the middle mouse button. A middle mouse button is by no means necessary to use GNOME.</para>
-
- <para>The mouse button conventions used in this manual are as
- follows:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Left mouse button</term>
- <listitem><para>The button on the left side of a mouse device. This is the main mouse button, used for selecting,
- activating, pressing buttons etc... When you are told to "click" it is implied that you should click with the left button,
- unless specifically stated.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Middle mouse button</term>
- <listitem><para>The middle button of a mouse device. On many mice with a scroll wheel,
- the scroll wheel can be pushed down for a middle mouse
- button click.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Right mouse button</term>
- <listitem><para>The button on the right side of a mouse device. Often, this button displays
- a context menu for the object under the pointer.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>Use <application>Mouse Preferences</application> to reverse the orientation of your mouse device. You will then need to reverse the mouse button conventions used in this manual and other GNOME documentation.
- See <xref linkend="prefs-mouse"/> for more information about setting
- your mouse preferences.</para>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="mouse-actions">
- <title>Mouse Actions</title>
- <titleabbrev>Actions</titleabbrev>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosgetstarted-45"/>
- <anchor id="gosbasic-6"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>action conventions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>action terminology</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>The following conventions are used in this manual to describe actions
- that you take with the mouse: </para>
-
- <!-- convert to variablelist -->
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Definition</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Click</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Press and release the left mouse button,
- without moving the mouse.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Left-click</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Same as <emphasis>click</emphasis>.
- The term 'left-click' is used where there might be
- confusion with <emphasis>right-click</emphasis>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Middle-click</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Press and release the middle mouse button,
- without moving the mouse.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Right-click</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Press and release the right mouse button,
- without moving the mouse.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Double-click</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Press and release the left mouse button twice
- in rapid succession without moving the mouse. You
- can configure the sensitivity to double-clicks by changing the
- <emphasis>Double-click Timeout</emphasis> setting:
- see <xref linkend="prefs-mouse"/> for more information.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Click-and-drag</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Press and do not release the
- left mouse button,
- and then move the mouse with the button still held down,
- and finally release the button.</para>
-
- <para>Dragging with the mouse is used in many different contexts.
-
-
- This moves an object around the screen with the mouse. The
- object is <emphasis>dropped</emphasis> at the
- location where the mouse button
- is released. This action is also called
- <emphasis>drag-and-drop</emphasis>. Clicking on an element of the interface to
- move it is sometimes called a <emphasis>grab</emphasis>.</para>
-
-
- <para>For example, you can change the position of a window by
- dragging on its title bar, or move a file by dragging its icon
- from one window and dropping it on another.</para>
-
- <para>The left
- mouse buttons is usually used to perform drag actions,
- although the middle mouse button is sometimes used for
- an alternate drag action.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Click-and-hold</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Press and do not release the
- left mouse button.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>actions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>You can perform the following actions with the mouse:</para>
-
- <!--
- Problem with the word 'action' here, since it's already used
- to describe things like click, drag, etc. Suggestion: tasks?
- -->
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Left mouse button</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Select text.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Select items.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Drag items.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Activate items.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Middle mouse button</term>
- <listitem>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Paste text.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Move items.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Move windows to the back.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Right mouse button</term>
- <listitem><para>Use the right mouse button to open a context menu for
- an item, if a menu applies. For most items, you can also use the
- <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
- keyboard shortcut to open the context menu once the item has been
- selected.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>For example, when viewing files in the file manager, you select
- a file by clicking with the left mouse button and open a file by
- double-clicking with the left mouse button. Clicking with the right
- mouse button will bring up a context menu for that file.</para>
-
- <tip><para>In most applications, you can select text with your left
- mouse button and paste it in another application using the middle
- mouse button. This is called primary selection paste, and works
- separately from your normal clipboard operations.</para></tip>
-
- <tip><para>To select more than one item, you can hold the
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key to select multiple items, or
- hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to select a contiguous
- range of items. You can also drag a <firstterm>bounding box</firstterm>
- to select several items by starting the drag in the empty space around items
- and dragging out a rectangle.
- <!-- yeah, this is a rubbish explanation. --></para></tip>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="mouse-pointers">
- <title>Mouse Pointers</title>
- <titleabbrev>Pointers</titleabbrev>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-7"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>pointers</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>pointers</primary>
- <see>mouse pointers</see>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>As you use the mouse, the appearance of the mouse pointer can
- change. The appearance of the pointer provides feedback about a
- particular operation, location, or state.</para>
-
- <para>The following mouse pointers are shown as your mouse passes over
- different elements of the screen:</para>
-
- <note><para>Your mouse pointers will differ from those shown here if you are using a different <link linkend="prefs-mouse">pointer theme</link>. Your distributor or vendor may have set a different default theme.</para></note>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/normal_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Normal pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Normal pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer appears during normal use of
- the mouse.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/busy_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Busy pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Busy pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer appears over a window that is busy performing a task. You cannot use the mouse to give this window any input, but you can move to another window and work with that.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/resize_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Resize pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Resize pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer indicates that you can grab the control to
- resize parts of the interface. This appears over the borders of windows
- and over resize handles between panes in a window. The direction of the arrows
- indicates in which direction you can resize.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/hyperlink_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Hand pointer</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Hand pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer appears when you hover over a
- <glossterm>hypertext link</glossterm>, in a web page for example.
- This pointer indicates that you can click on the link to load
- a new document or perform an action.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/ibeam_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>I-beam pointer</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- I-beam pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer is shown when the mouse is over text that you can
- select or edit. Click to place the cursor where you want to type text, or drag to select text.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>The following mouse pointers are shown when dragging an item such as a file, or a piece of text.
- They indicate the result of releasing the mouse button to drop the
- object being moved.</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/move_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Move pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Move pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer indicates that when you drop the object,
- the object is moved from
- the old location to the new location.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/copy_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Copy pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Copy pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer indicates that when you drop the object,
- a copy of the object is
- created where you drop it.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/link_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Symbolic link pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Symbolic link pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer
- indicates that when you drop the object, a <firstterm>symbolic
- link</firstterm> to the object is created where you drop the object.
- A symbolic link is a special type of file that points to another file
- or folder. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-symlink"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/ask_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Ask pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Ask pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer
- indicates that when you drop the object, you will be given a choice of what to do. A menu will open to allow you to choose which operation you would like to perform.
- For instance, you may be able to move, copy, or
- create a symbolic link.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/not_available_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Not available pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Not available pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer indicates that you cannot
- drop the object at the current location. Releasing the mouse button now will have no effect: the dragged object will be returned to its starting location.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Move panel object pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Move panel object pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer appears when you drag a panel or a panel object
- with the middle mouse button.
- See <xref linkend="panels"/> for more information on panels.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG"
- fileref="figures/movewindow_pointer.png"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Move window pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- Move window pointer
- </term>
- <listitem><para>This pointer appears when you drag a window to move it.
- See <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/> for more information on moving windows.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="keyboard-skills">
- <title>Keyboard Skills</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-51"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>basic skills</primary>
- <secondary>keyboard skills</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>keyboard</primary>
- <secondary>basic skills</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>For almost every task that you can perform with the mouse, you can use
- the keyboard to perform the same task. <firstterm>Shortcut keys</firstterm>
- are keys that provide you with a quick way to perform a task.</para>
-
- <para>You can use shortcut keys to perform general GNOME Desktop tasks and
- to work with interface items such as panels and windows. You can also use
- shortcut keys in applications. To customize your shortcut keys, use the
- <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool. See
- <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/> for more information about
- configuring keyboard shortcuts.</para>
-
- <note><para>Many PC keyboards come with two special keys for the Windows operating system: a key with a Microsoft Windows™ logo and a key for accessing context menus.</para>
- <para>In GNOME, the Windows key is often configured to
- act as an additional modifier key, called the <firstterm>Super key</firstterm>.
- The context menu key can be used to access the context menu of the selected
- item, just as the <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
- keyboard shortcut can.</para></note>
-
- <para>You can also modify the GNOME Desktop preferences to use keyboard
- accessibility features. See <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/> for
- more information about the keyboard accessibility features.</para>
-
- <para>The following sections describe the shortcut keys that you can use
- throughout the desktop and applications.</para>
-
- <section id="shortcuts-global">
- <title>Global Shortcut Keys</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-62"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
- <secondary>global</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>Global shortcut keys enable you to use the keyboard to perform tasks
- related to your desktop, rather than tasks on the currently selected window
- or application. The following table lists some global shortcut keys:</para>
-
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Shortcut Key</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Function</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Open the <guimenu>Applications Menu</guimenu>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel>
- dialog. See <xref linkend="tools-run-app"/> for more
- information.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Take a screenshot of the entire desktop. See
- <xref linkend="tools-screenshot"/> for more information.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Take a screenshot of the currently focused window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Arrow keys</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Switch to the workspace to the specified direction of the
- current workspace. See <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/> for
- more information on working with multiple workspaces.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Minimize all windows and give focus to the desktop.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Switch between windows. A list of windows that you can
- select is displayed. Release the keys to select a window. You
- can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to cycle through the
- windows in reverse order.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Switch the focus between the panels and the desktop.
- A list of items that you can select is displayed. Release the
- keys to select an item. You can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- key to cycle through the items in reverse order.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </section>
-
- <section id="shortcuts-window">
- <title>Window Shortcut Keys</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-58"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
- <secondary>window</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>Window shortcut keys allow you to use the keyboard to perform
- tasks on the currently focused window. The following table lists
- some window shortcut keys:</para>
-
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Shortcut Key</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Function</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Switch between windows. A list of windows that you can
- select is displayed. Release the keys to select a window. You
- can press the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to cycle through the
- windows in reverse order.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Close the currently focused window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Unmaximize the current window, if it is maximized.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Move the currently focused window. After pressing this
- shortcut, you can move the window using either the mouse or
- the arrow keys. To finish the move, click the mouse or press
- any key on the keyboard.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Resize the currently focused window. After pressing this
- shortcut, you can resize the window using either the mouse or
- the arrow keys. To finish the resize, click the mouse or press
- any key on the keyboard.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Minimize the current window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Maximize the current window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>spacebar</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Open the window menu for the currently selected window. The
- window menu allows you to perform actions on the window, such as
- minimizing, moving between workspaces, and closing.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
- <keycap>Arrow keys</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Move the current window to another workspace in the
- specified direction. See <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>
- for more information on working with multiple workspaces.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </section>
-
- <section id="shortcuts-apps">
- <title>Application Keys</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-59"/>
- <anchor id="gosbasic-61"/> <!-- was Panel Shortcut Keys -->
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>shortcut keys</primary>
- <secondary>application</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>Application shortcut keys enable you to perform application
- tasks. You can use shortcut keys to perform application tasks more
- quickly than if you use a mouse. The following table lists some
- common application shortcut keys:</para>
-
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="45.00*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="55.00*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Shortcut Key</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Create a new document or window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Cut the selected text or region and place it on
- the clipboard.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Copy the selected text or region onto the clipboard.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Paste the contents of the clipboard.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Undo the last action.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Save the current document to disk.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para><keycap>F1</keycap></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Load the online help document for the application.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- <para>In addition to these shortcut keys, all applications support a set
- of keys to navigate and work with the user interface. These keys allow
- you to perform operations that you might normally perform with a mouse.
- The following table describes some interface control keys:</para>
-
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="45.00*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="55.00*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Keys</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Arrow keys or <keycap>Tab</keycap></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Move between controls in the interface or items
- in a list.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycap>Enter</keycap> or <keycap>spacebar</keycap></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Activate or choose the selected item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycap>F10</keycap></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Activate the left-most menu of the application window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap>
- </keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Activate the context menu for the selected item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycap>Esc</keycap></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Close a menu without selecting a menu item,
- or cancel a drag operation.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </section>
-
- <section id="shortcuts-access">
- <title>Access Keys</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosbasic-63"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>access keys</primary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>A <firstterm>menubar</firstterm> is a bar at the top of a window that
- contains the menus for the application. An <firstterm>access key</firstterm>
- is an underlined letter in a menubar, menu, or dialog that you can use to
- perform an action. On a menubar, the access key for each menu is
- underlined.</para>
-
- <para>To open a menu, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key, then press the
- access key. In the menu, the access key for each menu item is underlined.
- To choose a menu item when a menu is displayed, you can simply press the
- access key for the menu item.</para>
-
- <para>For example, to open a new window in the <application>Help</application>
- application, press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>
- to open the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, then press <keycap>N</keycap> to
- activate the <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem> menu item.</para>
-
- <para>You can also use access keys to access elements in a dialog. In a dialog,
- one letter in most dialog elements is underlined. To access a particular dialog
- element, hold <keycap>Alt</keycap>, then press the access key.</para>
- </section>
-</section>
-
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/goscustdesk.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/goscustdesk.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d79cec..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/goscustdesk.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3011 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="prefs">
- <title>Configuring Your Desktop</title>
-
- <!-- ids in this section are gradually being converted
- to something like 'prefs-mouse'.
- remember to add an anchor for the old id in the right place -->
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-6"/>
-
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop Preferences -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-55"/>
-
- <!-- ids of sections removed from this document for 2.14 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-10"/><!-- Customizing Your Panels -->
-
- <highlights>
- <para>This chapter describes how to use the preference tools to
-customize the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- </highlights>
- <!-- move the following to its own section, "Using Pref Tools"? -->
- <para>A preference tool is a small application that allows you to change settings in the GNOME Desktop. Each preference tool covers a particular aspect of your computer. For example, with the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool you can set your mouse to left-handed or right-handed use, or change the speed of the pointer on the screen. With the <application>Windows</application> preference tool you can set behaviour common to all windows such as the way in which you select them with the mouse.</para>
- <para>To open a preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> in the top panel. Choose the tool that you require from the submenu.</para>
- <para>With a few exceptions, the changes you make to settings in a preference tool take effect immediately, without needing to close the preference tool. You can keep the preference tool window open while you try the changes, and make further changes if you wish.</para>
- <para>Some applications or system components may add their own preference tools to the menu.</para>
- <note><para>Some preference tools let you modify essential parts of your system, and therefore require administrative access. When you open the preference tool, a dialog box will prompt you for your password. These are in the <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu. This menu also contains more complex utility applications for managing and updating your system.</para></note>
-
-
-<sect1 id="prefs-personal">
- <title>Personal</title>
- <!-- Was Login Photo prefs, could go to About Me if that was enabled by default -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-95"/>
-
- <sect2 id="goscustaccess-11">
- <title>Assistive Technologies Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>setting assistive technology
-preferences</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Assistive Technologies</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <application>Assistive Technologies</application> preference tool to enable assistive technologies
-in the GNOME Desktop. You can also use the <application>Assistive Technology</application> preference tool to open other preference tools which contain preferences related to assistive technologies.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Preferred Applications</guibutton> lets you specify assistive technology applications to start automatically when you log in. See <xref linkend="prefs-preferredapps"/></para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Keyboard Accessibility</guibutton> lets you configure keyboard accessibility features such as sticky keys, slow keys or bounce keys.
- See <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/></para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Mouse Accessibility</guibutton> lets you configure mouse accessibility features such as dwell clicking. See <xref linkend="goscustdesk-53"/></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustaccess-TBL-14"/> lists the assistive technology
-preferences that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustaccess-TBL-14">
- <title>Assistive Technology Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Enable assistive technologies</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable assistive technologies
-in the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- <para>Note that for technical reasons, you have to log in
-again after enabling this option for it to be fully effective.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts">
- <title>Keyboard Shortcuts Preferences</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-39"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Keyboard Shortcuts</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>shortcut
-keys</primary>
- <secondary>configuring</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>keyboard shortcuts</primary>
- <secondary>configuring</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to customize the default keyboard shortcuts to your requirements.</para>
-
- <para>A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination of
-keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action. For more on keyboard shortcuts, and a list of the default shortcuts in GNOME, see <xref linkend="keyboard-skills"/>.</para>
-
- <para>To edit a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Click the action in the list. If you are using the the keyboard, use the arrow keys to select the shortcut and press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press the new key or key combination you want to assign to the action.</para>
- <para>To clear a shortcut, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap>. The action is now marked as <guilabel>Disabled</guilabel>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>To cancel assigning a shortcut, click elsewhere in the window or press <keycap>Escape</keycap>.</para>
-
- <para>The shortcuts you can customize are grouped as follows:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>Desktop</term>
- <listitem><para>These are general shortcuts for the whole desktop, such as logging out, <link linkend="lock-screen">locking the screen</link>, opening the <link linkend="menubar">panel menubar</link>, or launching a web browser.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Sound</term>
- <listitem><para>Shortcuts for controlling your music player and the system volume.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Window Management</term>
- <listitem><para>Shortcuts for working with windows and workspaces, such as maximizing or moving the current window, and switching to another workspace. For more information on these kinds of actions, see <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/> and <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Accessibility</term>
- <listitem><para>Shortcuts for starting assistive technologies, such as
- a screen reader, a magnifier or an on-screen keyboard.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Custom Shortcuts</term>
- <listitem><para>Custom shortcuts that have been added with the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button. This section will not be shown if there are no custom shortcuts.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>
- To add a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button in the action area. You have to provide a name and a command for the new shortcut. The new custom shortcut will appear in the list of shortcuts and can be edited in the same way as the predefined shortcuts.
- </para>
- <para>
- To remove a custom shortcut, use the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-preferredapps">
- <title>Preferred Applications</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdoc-2"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Preferred Applications</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>default applications</primary>
- <see>preferred applications</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <application>Preferred
-Applications</application> preference tool to specify the applications that
-you want the GNOME Desktop to use when the GNOME Desktop starts an application
-for you. For example, you can specify the web browser application (<application>Epiphany
-</application>, <application>Mozilla Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>
-...) to launch when you click on a link in other applications such as
-email clients or document viewers.</para>
-
- <para> <application>Preferred Applications</application> can be found by going to
-<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Preferred Applications</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>You can customize the preferences for the <application>Preferred Applications</application> preference tool in the following functional areas.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> (Web, Mail)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> (Multimedia Player)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>System</guilabel> (Terminal)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> (Visual, Mobility)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>For each preferred application category, a drop-down menu contains a list of possible applications you can choose from. The list depends on the applications installed on your computer.</para>
- <para>In each category, the last item in the menu (<guimenuitem>Custom</guimenuitem>) permits you to customize the command used by the system when the specific launch action occurs.</para>
-
- <sect3 id="goscustlookandfeel-32">
- <title>Custom Command Options</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preferred applications</primary>
- <secondary>custom command</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following table summarizes the various options you can choose from when you select
-<guimenuitem>Custom</guimenuitem> in the drop-down application menu.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustlookandfeel-TBL-37">
- <title>Custom command options</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Command</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Enter the command to execute to start the custom application. For the <application>Web
-Browser</application> and the <application>Mail Reader</application> applications, you can include a <literal>%s</literal>
-after the command to tell the application to use the URL or Email address you clicked on. The exact command arguments
-may depend on the specific application.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to run the command in a terminal window. Select this option for an
- application that does not create a window in which to run.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Execute flag (Terminal only)</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Most terminal applications have an option that cause them to treat the remaining command line options as
-commands to run (<option>-x</option> for <application>gnome-terminal</application>). Enter this option here.
- For example, this is used when executing a command of a launcher for which the chosen type is Application in Terminal.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Run at start (Accessibility only)</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to run the command as soon as your session begins. For more accessibility options, see <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle></ulink>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="prefs-look-and-feel">
- <title>Look and Feel</title>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-appearance">
- <title>Appearance Preferences</title>
- <para>The <application>Appearance</application> preference tool lets
- you configure various aspects of how your desktop looks:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Theme,</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Desktop Background,</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Fonts,</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>User Interface.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <sect3 id="prefs-theme">
- <title>Theme Preferences</title>
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-12"/>
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-54"/>
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-82"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>themes</primary>
- <secondary>setting controls options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>themes</primary>
- <secondary>setting window
-frame options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>themes</primary>
- <secondary>setting icons options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>windows</primary>
- <secondary>setting frame theme options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Theme</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies
-the visual appearance of a part of the GNOME Desktop. You can choose themes
-to change the appearance of the GNOME Desktop. Use the <application>Theme</application> tabbed section to select a theme. You can choose from a list
-of available themes. The list of available themes includes several themes
-for users with accessibility requirements. </para>
- <para>A theme contains settings that affect different parts of the GNOME Desktop,
-as follows:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Controls</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><indexterm><primary>GTK+
-themes</primary><see>themes, controls options</see></indexterm><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>controls options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm>The controls setting for a theme determines
-the visual appearance of windows, panels, and applets. The controls setting
-also determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant interface items
-that appear on windows, panels, and applets, such as menus, icons, and buttons.
-Some of the controls setting options that are available are designed for special
-accessibility needs. You can choose an option for the controls setting from
-the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Colors</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>color options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>color themes</primary><see>themes, color options</see></indexterm>The color setting for
-a theme determines the color of various user interface elements. You can choose several pairs of colors from the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
- <note><para>It is important to choose pairs of colors that have a good contrast with each other,
- otherwise text may become hard to read.</para></note>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Window frame</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>Metacity themes</primary><see>themes, window frame options</see></indexterm>The window frame setting for
-a theme determines the appearance of the frames around windows only. You can
-choose an option for the window frame setting from the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Icons</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>icons options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>icon themes</primary><see>themes, icons options</see></indexterm>The icon setting for a theme determines the appearance of
-the icons on panels and the desktop background. You can choose an option for
-the icon setting from the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Pointer</term>
- <listitem>
- <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>pointer options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>pointer themes</primary><see>themes, pointer options</see></indexterm>The pointer setting for a theme determines the appearance of
-and sice of the mouse pointer. You can choose an options for the pointer setting fromthe <guilabel>Pointer</guilabel> tabbed section in the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <sect4 id="goscustdesk-61">
- <title>To Create a Custom Theme</title>
- <para>The themes that are listed in the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel>
-tabbed section are different combinations of controls options, window frame options,
-and icon options. You can create a custom theme that uses different combinations
-of controls options, window frame options, and icon options.</para>
- <para>To create a custom theme, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
- Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select a theme in the list of themes.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the controls option that you want to use in the custom
-theme from the list in the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tabbed section. The
-list of available controls options includes several options for users with
-accessibility requirements.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to display
-the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tabbed section. Select the window frame
-option that you want to use in the custom theme from the list of available
-options. The list of available window frame options includes several options
-for users with accessibility requirements.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tabbed section. Select the icons option that you want to
-use in the custom theme from the list of available options. The list of available
-icons options includes several options for users with accessibility requirements.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>On the <application>Appearance</application> preferences tool,
-click on the <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Save Theme
-As</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Type a name and a short description for the custom theme in
-the dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. The custom theme now appears
-in your list of available themes.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect4>
- <sect4 id="goscustdesk-62">
- <title>To Install a New Theme</title>
- <para>You can add a theme to the list of available themes. The new theme must
-be an archive file that is tarred and zipped. That is, the new theme must
-be a <filename>.tar.gz</filename> file.</para>
- <para>To install a new theme, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
- Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button.
-A file chooser dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter the location of the theme archive file in the location
-entry. Alternatively, select the theme archive file in the file list. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install
-the new theme. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect4>
-
-<!--How does this work nowadays ?
- <sect4 id="goscustdesk-80">
- <title>To Install a New Theme Option</title>
- <para>You can install new controls options, window frame options, or icons
-options. You can find many controls options on the Internet.</para>
- <para>To install a new controls option, window frame option, or icons option,
-perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
- Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button.
-An <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the tab for the type of theme that you want to install.
-For example, to install an icons option, click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel>
-tab.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install Theme</guibutton> button.
-A <guilabel>Theme Installation</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter the location of the option archive file in the drop-down
-combination box. Alternatively, to browse for the file, click on the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install
-the new option. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect4>
--->
- <sect4 id="goscustdesk-81">
- <title>To Delete a Theme Option</title>
- <para>You can delete controls options, window frame options, or icons options.</para>
- <para>To delete a controls option, window frame option, or icons option, perform
-the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
- Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button.
-A <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the tab for the type of option that you want to delete. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the theme option you want to delete.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button to delete the
- selected option. Note that you can not delete system-wide theme
- options.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect4>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-desktopbackground">
- <title>Desktop Background Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-7"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>desktop</primary>
- <secondary>customizing background</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>GNOME Desktop preference tools</primary>
- <see>preference tools</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Background</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>backgrounds</primary>
- <secondary>customizing desktop background</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <link linkend="overview-desktop">desktop</link> background is the image or color that is applied to your
-desktop. You can open <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool by right-clicking on the desktop and choosing <guimenuitem>Change Desktop Background</guimenuitem>, as well as from the <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu.</para>
- <para>You can customize the desktop background in the following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select an image for the desktop background. The image is superimposed
-on the desktop background color. The desktop background color is visible if
-you select a transparent image, or if the image does not cover the entire
-desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select a color for the desktop background. You can select
-a solid color, or create a gradient effect with two colors. A gradient effect
-is a visual effect where one color blends gradually into another color. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <tip><para>You can also drag a color or a pattern to the desktop from the <link linkend="nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems"><guilabel>Backgrounds
-and Emblems</guilabel> dialog</link> in the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager.</para></tip>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-14"/> lists the background preferences
-that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-14">
- <title>Desktop Background Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guibutton>Desktop Background</guibutton>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Choose an image from the list. Alternately, you can use the
-<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button to choose any image on your computer.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Style</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>To specify how to display the image, select one of the following
-options from the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> drop-down list:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Centered</guilabel>: Displays the image in the middle
-of the desktop, respecting the image's original size.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Fill Screen</guilabel>: Enlarges the image to cover
-the desktop, altering its proportions if needed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Scaled</guilabel>: Enlarges the image until the
-image meets the screen edges, and maintains the proportions of the image.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Zoom</guilabel>: Enlarges the smaller dimension of the
-image until it meets the screen edges; the image may be cropped in the other dimension.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Tiled</guilabel>: Duplicates the original-sized image as
-often as necessary and print the images next to another so as they entirely cover the desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para/>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to browse for
-an image on your computer. A standard file selector will be presented. Choose
-the image you want and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Choose the image that you want to remove,
-then click <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>. This removes the image from the list of available wallpapers; however, it does not delete the image from your computer.
-</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Colors</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>To specify a color scheme, use the options
-in the <guilabel>Style</guilabel> drop-down list, and the color
-selector buttons.</para>
- <para>You can specify a color scheme in one of the
-following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guilabel>Solid color</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list to specify a single color for the
-desktop background. </para>
- <para>To choose the color that you require, click on the <guibutton>Color</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
-Choose a color, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guilabel>Horizontal gradient</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list. This option creates a gradient
-effect from the left screen edge to the right screen edge.</para>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Left Color</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog. Choose the color that you want to appear at
-the left edge.</para>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Right Color</guibutton> button. Choose the color
-that you want to appear at the right edge.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guilabel>Vertical gradient</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Background Style</guilabel> drop-down list. This creates a gradient effect
-from the top screen edge to the bottom screen edge.</para>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Top Color</guibutton> button to display the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog. Choose the color that you want to appear at
-the top edge.</para>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Bottom Color</guibutton> button. Choose the
-color that you want to appear at the bottom edge.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-font">
- <title>Font Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-38"/>
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-83"/>
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-94"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Font</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fonts</primary>
- <secondary>desktop</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fonts</primary>
- <secondary>applications</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fonts</primary>
- <secondary>window title</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fonts</primary>
- <secondary>terminal</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fonts</primary>
- <secondary>rendering</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool
-to choose which fonts are used in different parts of the desktop, and the way in which fonts are displayed on the screen.</para>
-
- <sect4 id="prefs-font-choose">
- <title>Choosing Fonts</title>
- <para>The font selector button shows the name of the font and its point size. The name is also shown in bold, italic, or regular type.</para>
- <para>To change the font, click the font selector button. The font picker dialog opens. Select the font family, style, and point size from the lists. The preview area shows your current choice. Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to accept the change and update the desktop.</para>
- <para>You can choose fonts for the following parts of the desktop:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Application font</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This font is used in the menus, toolbars, and dialog boxes of applications.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Document font</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This font is used to display documents in applications.</para>
- <note><para>In some applications, you can override this choice in the application's preferences dialog.</para></note>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This font is used in icon labels on the desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Window title font</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This font is used in the titlebars of windows.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Fixed width font</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This font is used in the <application>Terminal</application> application and applications to do with programming.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4 id="prefs-font-rendering">
- <title>Font Rendering</title>
- <para>You can set the following options relating to how fonts are displayed on the screen:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Rendering</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>To specify how to render fonts on your screen,
- select one of the following options:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Monochrome</guilabel>: Renders fonts in black and
- white only. The edges of characters might appear jagged in some cases because
- the characters are not antialiased. <firstterm>Antialiasing</firstterm> is
- an effect that is applied to the edges of characters to make the characters
- look smoother.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Best shapes</guilabel>: Antialiases fonts where
- possible. Use this option for standard Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) monitors.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Best contrast</guilabel>: Adjusts fonts to give
- the sharpest possible contrast, and also antialiases fonts, so that characters
- have smooth edges. This option might enhance the accessibility of the GNOME
- Desktop to users with visual impairments.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Subpixel smoothing (LCDs)</guilabel>: Uses techniques
- that exploit the shape of individual Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) pixels to
- render fonts smoothly. Use this option for LCD or flat-screen displays.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Details</guibutton></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on this button to specify further details of how
- to render fonts on your screen.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Resolution (dots per inch)</guilabel>: Use the spin
- box to specify the resolution to use when your screen renders fonts.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Smoothing</guilabel>: Select one of the options
- to specify how to antialias fonts.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Hinting</guilabel>: <firstterm>Hinting</firstterm>
- is a font-rendering technique that improves the quality of fonts at small
- sizes and an at low screen resolutions. Select one of the options to specify
- how to apply hinting your fonts.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Subpixel order</guilabel>: Select one of the options
- to specify the subpixel color order for your fonts. Use this option for LCD
- or flat-screen displays.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </sect4>
-<!-- go to fonts folder no longer exists
- <sect4 id="goscustdesk-83">
- <title>Previewing a Font</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>fonts</primary>
- <secondary>previewing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A preview of a font shows the characters of a font at different sizes, as well as copyright and technical information. To preview a font, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the top panel.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder opens.</para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open a font to display a preview.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect4>
--->
-
-<!-- go to fonts folder no longer exists
- <sect4 id="goscustdesk-94">
- <title>Adding a TrueType Font</title>
- <para>To add a TrueType font to your system, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the <application>Font</application> preference tool by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the panel menubar.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder opens.</para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open a file manager window and select the TrueType font that
-you want to add.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Copy the TrueType font file that you want to add to the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <warning><para>The new font will not appear in the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder until you next log in. You will need to relaunch applications for them to have access to the new font. These are known bugs in Gnome.</para></warning>
-
- <tip><para>You can also open the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder by typing the following URI into <application>Nautilus</application> file manager's <link linkend="nautilus-open-location">Open Location dialog</link>: <command>fonts:///</command>.</para></tip>
- </sect4>
--->
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-menustoolbars">
- <title>Interface Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustuserinter-2"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>toolbars, customizing appearance</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Menus &amp; Toolbars</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>menus</primary>
- <secondary>in applications,
-customizing appearance</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can use the <guilabel>Interface</guilabel> tabbed section in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool to customize the appearance
-of menus, menubars, and toolbars for applications that are part of GNOME.</para>
- <para>As you make changes to the settings, the preview display in the window updates. This allows you to see the changes if no application windows are currently open.</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show icons in menus</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to display an icon beside
- items in application menus and the panel menu. Not all menu items have an icon.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Editable menu shortcut keys</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Selecting this option allows you to define new keyboard shortcuts for menu items.</para>
- <para>To change an application shortcut key, open the menu, and with the mouse pointer on the menu item you wish to change, press the new combination of keys. To remove a shortcut key, press <keycap>Backspace</keycap> or <keycap>Delete</keycap>.</para>
- <warning>
- <para>When using this feature, you will not be warned if assigning a new shortcut key to a command also removes it from another command.</para>
- <para>There is no way to restore the original, default keyboard shortcut for a command.</para>
- <para>This feature does not maintain shortcuts that are normally common to all applications, such as <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> for Copy. This may lead to inconsistencies in your GNOME applications.</para>
- </warning>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Toolbar button labels</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose one of the following options to specify
- what to display on the toolbars in your GNOME-compliant applications:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Below Icons</guilabel>: Select this option
- to display toolbars with text as well as an icon on each button. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Beside Icons</guilabel>: Select this option
- to display toolbars with an icon only on each button, and with text on the
- most important buttons.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Icons Only</guilabel>: Select this option to display
- toolbars with an icon only on each button.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Only</guilabel>: Select this option to display
- toolbars with text only on each button.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-windows">
- <title>Windows Preferences</title>
-
- <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-58"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>window manager</primary>
- <secondary>customizing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Windows</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <application>Windows</application>
-preference tool to customize window behavior for the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustwindows-TBL-14"/> lists the windows preferences
-that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustwindows-TBL-14">
- <title>Windows Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Select windows when the mouse moves over them</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option
-to give focus to a window when you point to the window. The window retains
-focus until you point to another window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Raise selected windows after an interval</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to raise windows
-a short time after the window receives focus.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Interval before raising</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Specify the interval to wait before
-raising a window that has received focus.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Double-click titlebar to perform this action</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select the behavior
-that you want to occur when you double-click on a window titlebar. Select
-one of the following options:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Maximize</guilabel>: Maximizes the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Maximize Vertically</guilabel>: Maximizes the window vertically without changing its width.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Maximize Horizontally</guilabel>: Maximizes the window horizontally without changing its height.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Minimize</guilabel>: Minimizes the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Roll up</guilabel>: Roll up the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>None</guilabel>: Do nothing.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>If a window is already maximized or rolled up, double-clicking
- on the titlebar will return it to its normal state.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>To move a window, press-and-hold this key then grab the window</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select
-the key to press-and-hold when you drag a window to move the window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <note>
- <para>The position of the Control, Alt and Super keys on the keyboard can be modified in the
- Keyboard Layout Options dialog, see <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"/>.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-screensaver">
- <title>Screensaver Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>screensaver</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A <firstterm>screensaver</firstterm> displays moving images on your screen when your computer is not being used. Screensavers also help prevent older monitors being damaged by the same image being displayed for long periods of time. To stop the screensaver and return to the desktop, move the mouse or press a key on the keyboard.</para>
- <para>Use the <application>Screensaver</application> preference tool to set the type of screensaver, the time before the screensaver starts, and whether to require a password to return to the desktop.</para>
- <para>You can modify the following settings:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Screensaver</term>
- <listitem><para>Select the <guilabel>Screensaver theme</guilabel> from the list. A reduced version of the selected screensaver theme is shown. Press <guibutton>Preview</guibutton> to show the selected theme on the whole screen. During preview, use the arrow buttons at the top of the screen to go through the list of screensaver themes.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>The <guilabel>Blank screen</guilabel> theme displays no image and only shows a black screen.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guilabel>Random</guilabel> theme selects a screensaver to display from the list at random.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>Which screensavers are shown in the remainder of the list depends on your distributor or vendor.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Regard the computer as idle after...</term>
- <listitem><para>Your computer becomes idle after this amount of time has passed with no input from you, such as moving the mouse or typing. This may affect power management (the monitor may power down for example) or instant messaging (chat applications may set your status as "away"). Use the slider to set the length of time in minutes or hours.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Activate screensaver when computer is idle</term>
- <listitem><para>Select this option to have the screensaver start after the set length of time. </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Lock screen when screensaver is active</term>
- <listitem><para>When this option is selected, the screensaver will prompt you for your password when you try to return to the desktop. For more on locking your screen, see <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="prefs-internet-and-network">
- <title>Internet and Network</title>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-network-admin">
- <title>Network Settings</title>
-
- <para>The <application>Network Settings</application> allows you to specify the way your system connects to other computers and to internet.</para>
- <para>You will be prompted for the administrator password when you start <application>Network Settings</application>. This is because the changes done with this tool will affect the whole system.</para>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-network-admin-getting-started">
- <title>Getting started</title>
-
-
-
- <para>The <application>Network Settings</application> main window contains four tabbed sections:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Connections</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Shows all network interfaces, it also allows you to modify their settings.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>General</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Allows you to modify your system host name and domain name.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>DNS</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Contains two sections, the <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are what your computer use for resolving the IP addresses from the domain names. The <guilabel>search domains</guilabel> are the default domains in which your system will search any host when no domain is specified.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Hosts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Shows the list of aliases for accessing other computers.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-network-admin-usage">
- <title>Usage</title>
-
- <sect4 id="tool-modify-connection">
- <title>To modify a connection settings</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Connections</guilabel> section, select the interface you want to modify and press the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> button, depending on the interface type you will be able to modify different data.</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Ethernet and IRLAN interfaces</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can modify the way the interface is configured (DHCP or manually), if the interface is configured manually, you can also modify the interface IP address, netmask and gateway.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Wireless interfaces</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can modify the way the interface is configured (DHCP or manually), if the interface is configured manually, you can also modify the interface IP address, netmask and gateway, you can also modify the network name (ESSID) for this interface.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Parallel line interfaces</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can modify the interface IP address, as well as the remote IP address.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>PPP/Modem interfaces</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can modify the modem device, whether you want it to dial using tones or pulses, the modem volume, the phone number, the username and password that your ISP provided and other advanced settings for PPP.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To activate or deactivate an interface</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Connections</guilabel> section, enable or disable the checkbox beside the interface.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To change your host name and domain name</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> section, change the hostname or domain name text boxes.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To add a new domain name server</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>DNS Servers</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and fill in the new list row with the new domain name server.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To delete a domain name server</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>DNS Servers</guilabel> section, select a DNS IP address from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To add a new search domain</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Search Domains</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and fill in the new list row with the new search domain.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To delete a search domain</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Search Domains</guilabel> section, select a search domain from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To add a new host alias</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and type an IP address and the aliases that will point to in the window that pops up.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To modify a host alias</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, select an alias, press the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> button from the list and modify the alias settings in the window that pops up.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To delete a host alias</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>Hosts</guilabel> section, select an alias from the list and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4 id="prefs-network-admin-add-new-profile">
- <title>To save your current network configuration as a "Location"</title>
- <para>Press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button besides the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, specify the location name in the window that pops up.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To delete a location</title>
- <para>Press the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button besides the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, the selected profile will be deleted.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>To switch to a location</title>
- <para>Select one location from the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> menu, all the configuration will be switched automatically to the chosen location.</para>
- </sect4>
-
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-networkproxy">
- <title>Network Proxy Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-50"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference
-tools</primary>
- <secondary>Network Proxy</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>network proxy</primary>
- <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Internet</primary>
- <secondary>configuring connection</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>proxy</primary>
- <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application>
- enables you to configure how your system connects to the Internet.</para>
- <para>You can configure the GNOME Desktop to connect to a <firstterm>proxy server</firstterm>,
- and specify the details of the proxy server. A proxy server is a server that intercepts requests
- to another server, and fulfills the request itself, if it can. You can enter the domain name or
- the Internet Protocol (IP) address of the proxy server. A <firstterm>domain name</firstterm> is
- a unique alphabetic identifier for a computer on a network. An <firstterm>IP address</firstterm>
- is a unique numeric identifier for a computer on a network.</para>
- <remark>Why would one want to use a proxy? This description makes it sounds like it's
- a user preference, rather than being dictated by the network you're on. We should make
- this more clear.</remark>
- <para>Since it is possible that you need to use a different proxy configuration in different places,
- <application>Network Proxy Preferences</application> allows you to define separate proxy configurations
- and switch between them using the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> drop-down box at the top of the window.
- Choose <guilabel>New Location</guilabel> to create a proxy configuration for a new location. Locations
- can be removed using the <guilabel>Delete Location</guilabel> button at the bottom of the window.</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Direct internet connection</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Select this option to connect to the Internet without a proxy server.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Manual proxy configuration</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Select this option to connect to the Internet through a proxy server and
- configure the proxy settings manually.</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>HTTP proxy</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you request
- an HTTP service. Enter the port number of the HTTP service on the proxy server in the
- <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para>
- <para>If the HTTP proxy server requires authentication, click the <guibutton>Details</guibutton>
- button to enter your username and password.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Secure HTTP proxy</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you
- request a secure HTTP service. Enter the port number of the secure HTTP service on
- the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>FTP proxy</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Enter the domain name or IP address of the proxy server to use when you
- request an FTP service. Enter the port number of the FTP service on the proxy server in
- the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Socks host</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Enter the domain name or IP address of the Socks host to use. Enter the port
- number for the Socks protocol on the proxy server in the <guilabel>Port</guilabel> field.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem></varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term><guilabel>Automatic proxy
- configuration</guilabel></term><listitem><para>Select this option if you want to connect to the Internet through a proxy
- server, and you want to configure the proxy server automatically.</para>
- <para>Automatic proxy configuration works by means of a so-called PAC file, which your browser downloads from a web server. If you don't specify the URL for a PAC file in the <guilabel>Autoconfiguration URL</guilabel> entry, your browser
- will try to locate one automatically.</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term><guilabel>Autoconfiguration
- URL</guilabel></term><listitem><para>Enter the URL of a PAC file that contains the information required to configure the proxy
- server automatically.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
- </variablelist></listitem></varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>Set which hosts should not use the proxy in the <guilabel>Ignore Host List</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Ignored Hosts</guilabel> tabbed section. When you access these hosts, you will connect to the Internet directly without a proxy.</para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-remotedesktop">
- <title>Remote Desktop Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-90"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>setting session sharing preferences</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <application>Remote Desktop</application> preference tool enables you to share a GNOME Desktop session
-between multiple users, and to set session-sharing preferences.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-91"/> lists the session-sharing preferences
-that you can set. These preferences have a direct impact on the security of
-your system.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-91">
- <title>Session Sharing Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Allow other
-users to view your desktop</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable remote users to view your
-session. All keyboard, pointer, and clipboard events from the remote user
-are ignored.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Allow other
-users to control your desktop</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable other to access and control
-your session from a remote location.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <!--
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Users
-can view your desktop using this command:</guilabel>
-
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Click on the command text to send it to
-another user by email.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- -->
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>When
-a user tries to view or control your desktop</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Select the following security
-considerations when a user tries to view or control your session:<itemizedlist><listitem><para><guilabel>Ask you for confirmation:</guilabel> Select this
-option if you want remote users to ask you for confirmation when they want
-to share your session. This option enables you to be aware of other users
-who connect to your session. You can also decide what time is suitable for
-the remote user to connect to your session.</para></listitem><listitem><para><guilabel>Require the user to enter this password:</guilabel>
-Select this option to authenticate the remote user if authentication is used.
-This option provides an extra level of security.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Password</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Enter the password that the client who attempts to view or control your session
-must enter.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-
-<sect1 id="prefs-hardware">
- <title>Hardware</title>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-keyboard">
- <title>Keyboard Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustperiph-2"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Keyboard</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>keyboard</primary>
- <secondary>configuring
-general preferences</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool to modify the autorepeat preferences for
-your keyboard, and to configure typing break settings. </para>
- <!--
- adds no information until each tab can be briefly summarized.
-
- <para>You can set the preferences for the <application>Keyboard</application>
-preference tool in the following functional areas:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Typing Break</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- -->
- <para>To open the <link linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"><application>Keyboard <emphasis>Accessibility</emphasis></application> preference tool</link>, click the <guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button.</para>
- <sect3 id="goscustdesk-40">
- <title>Keyboard Preferences</title>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section to set general
-keyboard preferences.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustperiph-TBL-3"/> lists the keyboard preferences
-that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustperiph-TBL-3">
- <title>Keyboard Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Key presses
-repeat when key is held down</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable keyboard repeat. If keyboard
-repeat is enabled, when you press-and-hold a key, the action associated with
-the key is performed repeatedly. For example, if you press-and-hold a character
-key, the character is typed repeatedly.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select the delay from the time you press a key to the time
-that the action repeats.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select the speed at which the action is repeated.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable the
-cursor to blink in fields and text boxes.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify the speed at which the cursor
-blinks in fields and text boxes.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Type
-to test settings</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>The test area is an interactive interface so you can see
-how the keyboard settings affect the display as you type. Type text in the
-test area to test the effect of your settings.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="prefs-keyboard-layouts">
- <title>Keyboard Layouts Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-100"/>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tabbed section to set your keyboard's language, and also the make and model of keyboard you are using.</para>
- <para>This will allow GNOME to make use of special media keys on your keyboard, and to show the correct characters for your keyboard's language.</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Keyboard model</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Use the browse button (labelled with the currently selected keyboard model) to choose another keyboard make and model.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Separate layout for each window</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>
- When this option is selected, each window has its own keyboard layout. Changing to a different layout will only affect the current window.</para>
- <para>This allows you to type with a Russian keyboard layout in a word processor, then switch to your web browser and type with an English keyboard layout, for example. </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Selected Layouts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>You can switch between selected layouts to change the characters your keyboard produces when you type. To add a layout, click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. You can have up to four layouts. To remove a layout, select it and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para>
- <para>To switch between keyboard layouts, use the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gswitchit"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application> panel applet</ulink>. <!-- better link to the specific page, but not yet suitable for a direct link: ghelp:gswitchit?gswitchit-applet-switching --></para>
- <para>To add a layout to the list of selected layouts, click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. It opens a layout chooser dialog, which lets you select a layout by country or by language.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>Click <guibutton>Reset to Defaults</guibutton> to restore all keyboard layout settings to their initial state for your system and locale.</para>
-
- <para>Click the <guibutton>Layout Options</guibutton> button to open the <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions">
- <title>Keyboard Layout Options</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-101"/>
- <para>The <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog has options for the behaviour of keyboard modifier keys and certain shortcut options.</para>
- <para>Expand each group label to show the available options. A label in boldface indicates that the options in the group have been changed from the default setting.</para>
- <note><para>The options shown in this dialog depend on the X windowing system you are using. Not all the following options might be listed on your system, and not all the options shown might work on your system.</para></note>
-
- <!-- the options of mystery!!!
- for future reference, these are in
- /etc/X11/xkb/rules/xorg.xml
- -->
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Adding the EuroSign to certain keys</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use these options to add the Euro currency symbol € to a key as a third-level character. To access this symbol, you must assign a <guilabel>third level chooser</guilabel>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Alt/Win key behavior</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>
- This group of options allows you to assign the behaviour of Unix modifier keys Super, Meta, and Hyper to the <keycap>Alt</keycap> and <keycap>Windows</keycap> keys on your keyboard.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>CapsLock key behavior</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>
- This group has several options for the <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> key.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Compose key position</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The Compose key allows you to combine two keypresses to make a single character. This is used to create an accented character that might not be on your keyboard layout. For example, press the Compose key, then <keycap>'</keycap>, then <keycap>e</keycap> to obtain e-acute character. <!-- Translators: feel free to use an example suitable to your locale --></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Control key position</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>
- Use this group of options to set the location of the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key to match the layout on older keyboards.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select keys or key combinations to switch your keyboard layout when pressed.
-
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Miscellaneous compatibility options</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Shift with numpad keys works as in MS Windows.</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>With this option selected, using <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off extends the current selection.</para>
- <para>With this option unselected, use <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad to obtain the reverse of the current behaviour for that key. For example, when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off, the <keycap>8</keycap> key acts as an up-arrow. Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>8</keycap></keycombo> to type an '8'.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term><guilabel>Special keys (Ctrl+Alt+&lt;key&gt;) handled in a server.</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Select this option to have certain keyboard shortcuts passed to the X windowing system instead of being handled by GNOME.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Third level choosers</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>A <firstterm>third level</firstterm> key allows you to obtain a third character from a key, in the same way that pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> with a key produces a different character to pressing the key alone.</para>
- <para>Use this group to select a key you want to act as a third level modifier key.</para>
- <para>Pressing the third-level key and <keycap>Shift</keycap> produces a fourth character from a key.</para>
- <para>The third and fourth level characters for your keyboard layout are shown in the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gswitchit"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application></ulink> Layout View Window.</para>
- <!-- better link, pending CVS commit of gswitchit docs: "ghelp:gswitchit?layout-view" -->
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Use keyboard LED to show alternative group.</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this option to specify that one of the light indicators on your keyboard should indicate when an alternative keyboard layout is in use.</para>
- <note><para>The selected keyboard light will no longer indicate its standard function. For example, the Caps Lock light will not react to the <keycap>Caps Lock key</keycap>.</para></note>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="prefs-keyboard-a11y">
-
- <title>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences</title>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>AccessX</primary>
- <see>preference tools, Keyboard Accessibility</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>keyboard</primary>
- <secondary>configuring
-accessibility options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>configuring keyboard</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Keyboard Accessibility</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="goscustaccess-6"/>
- <anchor id="goscustaccess-8"/>
- <anchor id="goscustaccess-9"/>
- <para>The <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section allows you to set options such as filtering out accidental keypresses and using shortcut keys without having to hold down several keys at once. These features are also known as AccessX.</para>
-
- <para>This section describes each of the preferences you can set. For a more task-oriented description of keyboard accessibility, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-access-guide?index"><citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle></ulink>.</para>
-
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-85"/> lists the accessibility preferences
- that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-85">
- <title>Accessibility Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Accessibility features can be toggled with keyboard shortcuts</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- Select this option to show an icon in the notification
- area that offers quick access to accessibility features.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Simulate simultaneous keypresses</guilabel>
- </para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>sticky keys</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to perform multiple simultaneous keypress operations by
-pressing the keys in sequence. Alternatively, to enable the sticky keys feature,
-press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed together</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to specify that when you press two keys simultaneously,
-you can no longer press keys in sequence to perform multiple simultaneous
-keypresses.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Only accept long keypresses</guilabel>
- </para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>slow keys</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to control the period of time that you must press-and-hold
-a key before acceptance. Alternatively, to enable the slow keys feature, press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider
-to specify the period of time that you must press-and-hold
-a key before acceptance.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Ignore fast duplicate keypresses</guilabel>
- </para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>bounce keys</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to accept a key input and to control the key repeat characteristics
-of the keyboard.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify the interval to wait after the first
-keypress before the automatic repeat of a pressed key.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The
-test area is an interactive interface so you can see how the keyboard settings
-affect the display as you type. Type text in the test area to test the effect
-of your settings.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>To configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features,
- click the <guibutton>Audio Feedback</guibutton> button. It opens the
- <guilabel>Keyboard Accessibility Audio Feedback</guilabel> window.</para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3>
- <title>Keyboard Accessibility Audio Feedback</title>
- <para>Configure audio feedback for keyboard accessibility features.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-86"/> lists the audio feedback preferences
- that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-86">
- <title>Audio Feedback Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Beep when accessibility features are turned on or off</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option for an audible indication when a feature
- such as sticky keys or slow keys is activated, or deactivated.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Beep when a toggle key is pressed</guilabel>
- </para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>toggle keys</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option for an audible indication of a toggle keypress.
- You hear one beep when a toggle key is turned on. You hear two
- beeps when a toggle key is turned off.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option for an audible indication when you
- press a modifier key.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Beep when a key is pressed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option for an audible indication when
- a key is pressed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Beep when a key is accepted</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option for an audible indication when
- a key is accepted.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Beep when a key is rejected</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option for an audible indication when
- a key is rejected.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3>
- <title>Mouse Keys Preferences</title>
- <anchor id="goscustaccess-10"/>
- <para>The options in the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tabbed section
- let you configure the keyboard as a substitute for the mouse.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-88"/> lists the mouse keys preferences
- that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-88">
- <title>Typing Break Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Pointer can be controlled using the keypad</guilabel>
- </para>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>accessibility</primary>
- <secondary>mouse keys</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to make the numeric keypad emulate mouse actions. The list of keys and their equivalences is in the <citetitle>GNOME Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle> under the heading <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-access-guide?dtconfig-14"><citetitle>To Enable the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse</citetitle></ulink>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify how long it takes the pointer to accelerate to maximum speed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider
-to specify the maximum speed that the pointer moves across
-the screen.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify the period of time that must pass
-after a keypress before the pointer moves.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="goscustdesk-86">
- <title>Typing Break Preferences</title>
- <para>Configure the Typing Break Preferences to make GNOME remind you to rest after you have been using the keyboard and mouse for a long time. During a Typing Break, the screen will be locked.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-87"/> lists the typing break preferences
- that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-87">
- <title>Typing Break Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Lock screen to enforce typing break</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to
-lock the screen when you are due a typing break.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Work interval lasts</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the spin box to specify how long you can work
-before a typing break occurs.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Break interval lasts</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the spin box to specify the length of your typing
-breaks.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Allow postponing of breaks</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option if you want to be able to postpone
-typing breaks.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <note><para>
- If you stop using the keyboard and mouse for a length of time equal to the <guilabel>Break interval</guilabel> setting, the current work interval will be reset.
- </para></note>
- </sect3>
-
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-mouse">
- <title>Mouse Preferences</title>
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="goscustperiph-5"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Mouse</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>mouse</primary>
- <secondary>configuring</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>With the <application>Mouse</application> preference tool
- you can:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>configure your mouse for right-hand use or for left-hand use,</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>specify the speed and sensitivity of mouse movement,</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>configure mouse accessibility features.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
-
- <sect3 id="goscustdesk-55">
- <title>General Mouse Preferences</title>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section to specify whether
- the mouse buttons are configured for left-hand or right-hand use and configure
- the speed and sensitivity of your mouse.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustperiph-TBL-6"/> lists the general mouse preferences
-that you can modify.</para>
-
- <!-- convert to variablelist -->
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustperiph-TBL-6">
- <title>Mouse Button Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Right-handed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to configure your mouse for right-hand use. When you configure your mouse for right-hand use, the left mouse button is the primary button and the right mouse button is the secondary button.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Left-handed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to configure your mouse for left-hand use. When you configure
-your mouse for left-hand use, the functions of the left mouse button and the
-right mouse button are swapped.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable a mouse pointer animation
-when you press and release the Control key. This feature can assist
-you to locate the mouse pointer.</para>
- <note>
- <para>The position of the Control key on the keyboard can be
- modified in the Keyboard Layout Options dialog, see
- <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"/>.</para>
- </note>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify the speed at which your
-mouse pointer moves on your screen when you move your mouse.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Sensitivity</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify how sensitive your mouse
-pointer is to movements of your mouse.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Threshold</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify the distance that you
-must move an item before the move action is interpreted as a drag-and-drop
-action.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify
-the amount of time that can pass between clicks when you double-click. If
-the interval between the first and second clicks exceeds the time that is
-specified here, the action is not interpreted as a double-click. </para>
-
- <para>Use the light bulb icon to check double-click sensitivity: the light will light up briefly for a click, but stay lit for a double-click.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="goscustdesk-53">
- <title>Mouse Accessibility Preferences</title>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section to configure
- accessibility features that can help people who have difficulty with exact positioning of the pointer or with pressing the mouse buttons:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a contextual menu by clicking and holding the primary mouse button; this is useful for users that can manipulate only one button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Perform different types of mouse button click by software; this useful for users that are not able to manipulate any buttons. The types of click that can be performed are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Single click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A single click of the primary mouse button
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Double click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A double click of the primary mouse button
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Drag click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A click that begins a drag operation
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Secondary click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A single click of the secondary mouse button
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-47"/> lists the mouse accessibility preferences
-that you can modify:</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-47">
- <title>Mouse Motion Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="30.10*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="69.90*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Trigger secondary click by holding down the primary button</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable simulated secondary clicks by pressing the primary mouse button for an extended time.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider in the <guilabel>Simulated Secondary Click</guilabel> section
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify how long the primary button must be pressed to simulate a secondary click.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Initiate click when stopping pointer movement</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to enable automatic clicks when the mouse stops. Use the additional preferences in the <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> section to configure how the type of click is chosen.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider in the <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> section
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify how long the pointer must remain at rest before an automatic click will be triggered.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Motion threshold</guilabel> slider
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the slider to specify how much the pointer may move to still be considered at rest.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Choose type of click beforehand</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to pick the type of click to perform
- from a window or panel applet.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show click type window</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- When this option is enabled, the different types of click (single click, double click, drag click or secondary click) can be selected in a window.</para>
- <note><para>The <guilabel>Dwell Click</guilabel> panel applet can
- be used instead of the window.</para></note>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Choose type of click with mouse gestures</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to pick the type of click by moving the mouse in a certain direction. The four combo boxes below this option allow to assign directions to the different types of click. Note that each direction can be used only for one type of click.</para>
-
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Single click</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- Choose the direction to trigger a single click.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Double click</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- Choose the direction to trigger a double click.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Drag click</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- Choose the direction to trigger a drag click.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Secondary click</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- Choose the direction to trigger a secondary click.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="goscustdesk-70">
- <title>Monitors</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Display</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use <application>Monitor Preferences</application>
-to configure the monitors that your computer uses.</para>
-<note><para>On most laptop keyboards, you can use the key combination
-<keycombo><keycap>Fn</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> to cycle between
-several typical monitor configurations without starting <application>Monitor Preferences</application>.
-</para></note>
-<para>Drag the graphical representations of the monitors in
-the upper left part of the window to set how your monitors are arranged.
-<application>Monitor Preferences</application> displays small labels in the top
-left corner of each monitor to help you identify which rectangle corresponds
-to which monitor.</para>
-<para>Changes you make in <application>Monitor Preferences</application>
-don't take effect until you click the <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> button.
-Settings will revert to their previous settings unless you confirm the changes.
-This is to prevent bad display settings from rendering your computer unusable.</para>
-
-<variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Same image in all monitors</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>When this option is selected, your entire desktop will fit on
- a single monitor, and every monitor will show the same copy of your desktop.
- When it is not selected, your desktop spans multiple monitors, and each monitor
- shows only a part of your entire desktop.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Detect monitors</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Click this button to find monitors that have been recently
- added or plugged in.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show monitors in panel</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>When this option is selected, an icon will be placed on your
- panel allowing you to quickly change certain settings without opening
- <application>Monitor Preferences</application>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<para>The following list explains the options you can set for each monitor.
-The currently selected monitor is the one whose graphical representation has
-a bold black outline. It is also indicated by the background color of the
-section label.</para>
-
-<variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>On</guilabel> / <guilabel>Off</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Individual monitors can be completely disabled by
- selecting <guilabel>Off</guilabel>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Resolution</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Select the resolution to use for the currently selected
- monitor from the drop-down list. <emphasis>Resolution</emphasis>
- refers to the pixel dimensions of the screen. A larger
- resolution means that more things fit on the screen, but
- everything will be smaller.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Refresh rate</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Select the refresh rate to use for the currently
- selected monitor from the drop-down list. The <emphasis>refresh
- rate</emphasis> determines how often the computer redraws the
- screen. A too low refresh rate (below 60) makes the monitor
- flicker and can cause discomfort to your eyes. This is less
- of a problem on LCD displays.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Rotation</guilabel></term>
- <listitem><para>Select the rotation for the currently selected monitor.
- This option may not be supported on all graphics cards.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="goscustmulti-2">
- <title>Sound Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Sound</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sound</primary>
- <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sound</primary>
- <secondary>associating
-events with sounds</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>events, associating
-sounds with</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>volume</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <application>Sound</application> preference tool enables
-you to control devices and volume for sound input and output.
-You can also specify which sounds to play when particular events occur.</para>
- <para>You can customize the settings for the <application>Sound</application>
-preference tool in the following functional areas:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Input</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Output</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>You can change the overall output volume using the <guilabel>Output volume</guilabel> slider at the top of the window. The <guilabel>Mute</guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all output without disturbing the current volume.</para>
- <sect3 id="goscustdesk-48">
- <title>Sound Effects Preferences</title>
- <para>A sound theme is collection of sound effects that are associated to various events, such as opening a dialog, clicking a button or selecting an item in a menu. One of the most prominent event sounds is the <emphasis>System Bell</emphasis> sound that often played to indicate a keyboard input error. Use the <guilabel>Sound Effects</guilabel> tabbed section of the <application>Sound</application> preference tool to choose a sound theme and modify the bell sound.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustmulti-TBL-6"/> lists the sound effects preferences
-that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustmulti-TBL-6">
- <title>Sound Effects Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para><guilabel>Alert Volume</guilabel> slider</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Alert Volume</guilabel> slider to
-control the volume for event sounds.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Mute</guilabel> checkbox allows to
- temporarily suppress event sounds without modifying the
- current volume.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Sound Theme </guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use this combobox to select a different sound theme.</para>
- <para>Choose <guilabel>No sounds</guilabel> to turn off all event sounds.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para><guilabel>Choose an alert sound </guilabel> list</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Choose an alternative sound for the System Bell from
- this list.</para>
- <para>Selecting a list element plays the sound.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para><guilabel>Enable window and button sounds </guilabel> checkbox</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Uncheck this option if you don't want to hear sounds
- for window-related events (such as a dialog or a menu appearing)
- and button clicks.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- <sect3>
- <title>Sound Input Preferences</title>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Input</guilabel> tabbed section to set your
- preferences for sound input.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-1"/> lists the
-sound input preferences that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-1">
- <title>Sound Input Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Input volume </guilabel> slider
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Use the input volume slider to control the input level.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Mute </guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all input without disturbing the current input level.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Input level</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>The <guilabel>Input level</guilabel> display provides
- visual feedback that helps to select a suitable input volume.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Choose a device for sound input </guilabel> list
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Choose the device that you want to receive sound input
- from.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <note><para>Note that the input volume can also be controlled with
- the microphone icon that is shown in the notification area of the panel
- when an application is listening for sound input.</para></note>
- </sect3>
- <sect3>
- <title>Sound Output Preferences</title>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Output</guilabel> tabbed section to set your
- preferences for sound output.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-2"/> lists the
-sound output preferences that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustdesk-TBL-2">
- <title>Sound Output Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Output volume </guilabel> slider
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Use the output volume slider to control the overall output volume.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Mute </guilabel> checkbox allows to temporarily suppress all output without disturbing the current volume.</para>
- <para>Note that the <guilabel>Output volume</guilabel> slider
- is located above the tabbed section at the top of the window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Choose a device for sound output </guilabel> list
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Choose the device that you want to hear sound output
- from.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Balance </guilabel> slider
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Balance</guilabel> slider to control
- the left/right balance of an output device that has more than
- one channel (e.g. stereo or 5.1).</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <note><para>Note that the output volume can also be controlled with
- the speaker icon that is shown in the notification area of the panel.</para></note>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="goscustdesk-41">
- <title>Application Sound Preferences</title>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Applications</guilabel> tabbed section to
- control the volume of sound played by individual applications.</para>
- <para>Each application that is currently playing sound is identified
- by its name and icon.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
-<!--
-<sect2 id="goscustdesk-79">
-<title>Customizing PalmOS Devices</title>
-<indexterm><primary>preference tools</primary><secondary>PalmOS devices</secondary>
-</indexterm><para>Information to be supplied in a future release.</para>
-</sect2>
--->
-
-
-</sect1>
-
-
-<sect1 id="prefs-system">
- <title>System</title>
-
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-multimedia">
- <title>Multimedia Systems Selector</title>
- <para>See the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gstreamer-properties">GStreamer Properties Manual</ulink>.</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="prefs-sessions">
- <title>Sessions Preferences</title>
-
- <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goscustsession-5"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Sessions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>preferences</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>startup applications</primary>
- <secondary>customizing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <application>Sessions</application>
-preference tool enables you to manage your sessions. You can set session preferences,
-and specify which applications to start when you start a session. You can
-configure sessions to save the state of applications in the GNOME Desktop,
-and to restore the state when you start another session. You can also use
-this preference tool to manage multiple GNOME sessions.</para>
- <para>You can customize the settings for sessions and startup applications
-in the following functional areas:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <sect3 id="goscustsession-16">
- <title>Setting Session Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>setting options</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel> tabbed section
-to manage multiple sessions, and to set preferences for the current session.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustsession-TBL-11"/> lists the session options that
-you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustsession-TBL-11">
- <title>Session Options</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Automatically remember running applications when logging out</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <indexterm>
- <primary>startup applications</primary>
- <secondary>session-managed</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Select this
-option if you want the session manager to save the state of your session
-when logging out. The session manager saves the session-managed applications
-that are open, and the settings associated with the session-managed applications
-when you log out. The next time that you start a session, the applications start
-automatically, with the saved settings.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Remember currently running applications</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <indexterm>
- <primary>startup applications</primary>
- <secondary>session-managed</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Select this
-option if you want the session manager to save the current state of your session.
-The session manager saves the session-managed applications that are open,
-and the settings associated with the session-managed applications. The next
-time that you start a session, the applications start automatically, with
-the saved settings.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="goscustsession-12">
- <title>Configuring Startup Applications</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>startup applications</primary>
- <secondary>non-session-managed</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel>
-tabbed section of the <application>Sessions</application> preference tool
-to specify non-session-managed <firstterm>startup applications</firstterm>.
-Startup applications are applications that start automatically when you start
-a session. You specify the commands that run the non-session-managed applications
-in the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tabbed section. The commands
-execute automatically when you log in.</para>
- <para>You can also start session-managed applications automatically. For more
-information, see <xref linkend="goscustsession-16"/>.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="goscustsession-TBL-19"/> lists the startup applications
-preferences that you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="goscustsession-TBL-19">
- <title>Startup Programs Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="18.86*"/>
- <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="47.14*"/>
- <thead>
- <row>
- <entry colname="col1" colsep="0">
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="col2" colsep="0">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel> Additional startup programs</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="col2" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
- <para>Use this table to manage non-session-managed
-startup applications as follows:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>To add a startup application, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>New Startup Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Enter the name of the appplication in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. Then enter the command to start the application in the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> field. you can also specify a comment in the <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> field</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To edit a startup application, select the startup application,
-then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Edit Startup
-Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the dialog to modify the command
-and the startup order for the startup application.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To delete a startup application, select the startup application,
-then click on the <guilabel>Remove</guilabel> button.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/goseditmainmenu.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/goseditmainmenu.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 609a174..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/goseditmainmenu.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="menubar">
- <title>Using the Main Menubar</title>
-
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-1"/><!-- Working With Menus -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-2"/><!-- Introduction to Menus -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-5"/><!-- Menu Features -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-11"/><!-- Menu Item Popup Menu -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-51"/><!-- Actions Menu -->
- <anchor id="menus-introduction"/><!-- Introduction to Menus -->
-
- <highlights>
- <para>This chapter describes how to use the GNOME Panel Menubar.</para>
- </highlights>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>menus</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>menus</primary>
- <secondary>Menu Bar</secondary>
- <see>Menu Bar</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Menu Bar</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>The panel menubar is your main point of access to GNOME. Use the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to launch applications, the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> to open locations on your computer or network, and the <guimenu>System</guimenu> to customize your system, get help with GNOME, and log out of GNOME or shut down your computer.</para>
- <para>The following sections describe these three menus.</para>
- <tip><para>By default, the panel menubar is on the <link linkend="top-panel">Top Edge Panel</link>. But like any other panel object, you can move the menubar to another panel, or have more than one instance of the menubar in your panels. For more on this, see <xref linkend="panel-menus"/>.</para></tip>
-
- <section id="applications-menu">
- <title>Applications Menu</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-8"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>menus</primary>
- <secondary>Applications menu</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu contains a hierarchy of submenus, from which you can start the applications that are installed on your system.</para>
- <para>Each submenu correponds to a category. For example, in the <guimenu>Sound &amp; Video</guimenu> submenu, you will find applications for playing CDs and recording sound.</para>
- <para>To launch an application, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by clicking on it.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Move the mouse down the menu to the category the application you want is in. Each submenu opens as your mouse passes over the category.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Click the menu item for the application.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>When you install a new application, it is automatically added to the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu in a suitable category. For example, if you install an instant messenger application, a VoIP application, or an FTP client, you will find it in the <guimenu>Internet</guimenu> submenu.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="places-menu">
- <title>Places Menu</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Places menu</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu is a quick way to go to various locations on your computer and your local network. The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu allows you to open the following items:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Your Home folder<remark>Add link!</remark></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The Desktop folder, which corresponds to the items displays in the desktop.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The items in your Nautilus bookmarks. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-bookmarks"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Your computer, which shows all your drives.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The Nautilus CD/DVD Creator. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-cdwriter"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The local network. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-accessnetwork"/>.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>The last three items on the menu perform actions rather than open locations.</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem> lets you choose a server on your network. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-server-connect"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Search for Files</guimenuitem> lets you search for files on your computer. For more on this, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-search-tool">Search for Files Manual</ulink>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenuitem>Recent Documents</guimenuitem> submenu lists the documents you have recently opened. The last entry in the submenu clears the list.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- <section id="desktop-menu">
- <title>System Menu</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>System Menu</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu allows you to set your preferences for the GNOME Desktop, get help with using GNOME, and log out or shut down.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenuitem>Control Center</guimenuitem> item contains preference tools to configure your computer. For more information on using these preference tools, see <xref linkend="prefs"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem> item launches the Help Browser.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenuitem>About GNOME</guimenuitem> item has a brief introduction to GNOME, links to the GNOME website, and credits.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem> command starts your screensaver, and requires your password to return to the desktop. For more on this, see <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Choose <guimenuitem>Log Out</guimenuitem> to log out of GNOME, or to switch user.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Choose <guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem> to end your GNOME session and turn off your computer, or restart it.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>For more on logging out and shutting down, see <xref linkend="shutdown"/>.</para>
-
- </section>
- <section id="menu-editor">
- <title>Customizing the Panel Menubar</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-54"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>menus</primary>
- <secondary>customizing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>You can modify the contents of the following menus:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Administration</guisubmenu></menuchoice> submenu</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>To edit the items in these menus, right-click on the panel menubar, and choose <guimenuitem>Edit Menus</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window opens.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window lists the menus in the left pane. Click on the expander arrows to show or hide submenus. Choose a menu in the left pane to see its items listed in the right pane.</para>
- <para>To remove an item from a menu, deselect it in the list. The item can be added back to the menu by selecting it once again.</para>
-
- <note><para>The <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:system-admin-guide?menustructure-0">System Administration Guide</ulink> has more information on how GNOME implements menus and how administrators can customize them.</para></note>
- </section>
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosfeedback.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosfeedback.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 15dbeee..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosfeedback.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
- <appendix id="feedback">
- <title>Feedback</title>
- <para>This section contains information on reporting bugs in GNOME, making suggestions and comments about GNOME applications or documentation, and ways in which you can help GNOME.</para>
-
-
- <section id="feedback-bugs">
- <title>Reporting Bugs</title>
- <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from gnome-desktop/desktop-docs/gnome-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->
- <para>
- If you have found a bug in a GNOME application, please
- report it! Developers do read all the bug reports and try to fix
- these bugs. Please try to be as specific as possible when
- describing the circumstances under which the bug shows (what
- commands did you enter? which buttons did you click?). If there were any
- error messages, be sure to include them, too.
- </para>
- <para>
- The easiest way to report bugs is by using <application>Bug Buddy</application>, GNOME's built-in bug reporting tool. This will launch automatically in the event that an application crashes. The details GNOME developers need are automatically collected, but you can further help by giving information about what you were doing when the crash took place.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also submit bugs and browse the list of known bugs by
- connecting to the <ulink type="http"
- url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/">GNOME bug tracking
- database</ulink>. You will need to register before you can
- submit any bugs this way — and do not forget to read
- <ulink type="http"
- url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/bugwritinghelp.html">Bug
- Writing Guidelines</ulink>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Please note that some of GNOME applications are developed outside of GNOME, or by
- commercial companies (these products are still free
- software). For example, <application>Inkscape</application>, a
- vector graphics application, is developed at <ulink type="http"
- url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/inkscape/">SourceForge</ulink>. Bugs reports and
- comments about these products should be directed to the
- respective organization or company. If you are using <application>Bug
- Buddy</application>, it will automatically send bug reports to
- the correct database.
- </para>
-
-
- </section>
- <section id="feedback-wishlist">
- <title>Suggestions and Comments</title>
- <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from gnome-desktop/desktop-docs/gnome-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->
- <para>
- If you have a suggestion or want to request a new feature for
- one of the applications, it can also be done using the bug
- tracking database. Submit your suggestion as a bug report as
- described in <xref linkend="feedback-bugs" /> and at the appropriate
- step select <guilabel>Severity: Enhancement</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="feedback-docs">
- <title>Documentation Comments</title>
- <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from gnome-desktop/desktop-docs/gnome-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->
-
- <para> If you found an inaccuracy or misprint in one of GNOME
- documents, or have any comments or suggestions about
- documentation, please let us know! The easiest way of doing so
- is by submitting a bug report as explained before and
- selecting <guilabel>Component: docs</guilabel> at appropriate
- steps (or <guilabel>general</guilabel> if there is no
- <guilabel>docs</guilabel> component). If your comment is about
- general GNOME documentation (such as <citetitle>GNOME Users
- Guide</citetitle>) rather than specific application manual,
- select <guilabel>Product: gnome-user-docs</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Alternatively, you can just send your comments by email to the
- <ulink type="http"
- url="http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject">GNOME
- Documentation Project</ulink> mailing list; our address is
- <email>gnome-doc-list@gnome.org</email>. And by the way: if you are not
- a developer but want to help GNOME —
- <ulink type="http"
- url="http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject/Join">join
- the GDP</ulink> and help us improve GNOME documentation.
- </para>
- </section>
- <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: end of old material -->
-
-
- <section id="joingnome">
- <title>Joining the GNOME Project</title>
- <para>We hope you enjoy using GNOME and that you find working with GNOME productive. However, there is always room for improvement.</para>
- <para>GNOME invites you to join our free software community if you have some spare time. There are many different fields. GNOME needs programmers, but it also needs translators, documentation writers, testers, artists, writers, and more.</para>
- <para>For more information on joining GNOME, please visit <ulink type="http" url="http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome">http://live.gnome.org/JoinGnome</ulink>.</para>
- <para>For more information on giving feedback on GNOME, such as bug reports, suggestions, and corrections to documentation, see <xref linkend="feedback-bugs" />.</para>
-
- </section>
-
-
- </appendix>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosnautilus.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosnautilus.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd24340..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosnautilus.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4291 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="nautilus">
- <title>Working with Files</title>
-
- <!-- ID tag preserved for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-1"/>
-
- <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-56"/>
-
- <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
- <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager / To Open Files -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-58"/>
-
- <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
- <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager / To Move Files -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-57"/>
-
- <!-- MOVE THESE ANCHORS -->
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop -->
- <anchor id="gosgetstarted-11"/>
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop / To Open Desktop Objects -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-29"/>
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop / To Add Objects-->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-19"/>
- <!-- Using the Start Here Location -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-445"/>
- <!-- To Choose a View in Which to Display a File or Folder - (image/text view) -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-100"/>
- <!-- To Modify the Behavior of a View -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-111"/>
- <!-- To Resize an Icon in Icon View - (This can only be done on desktop now) -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-103"/>
- <!-- To Execute Other Actions When Displaying a File -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-73"/>
-
- <highlights>
- <para>This chapter describes how to use the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager.</para>
- </highlights>
-
- <sect1 id="gosnautilus-21">
- <title>Introduction</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-22">
- <title>File Manager Functionality</title>
- <para>The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager provides
-a simple and integrated way to manage your files and applications. You can use the
-file manager to do the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Create folders and documents</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Display your files and folders</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Search and manage your files</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Run scripts and launch applications</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Customize the appearance of files and folders</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Open special locations on your computer</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Write data to a CD or DVD</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Install and remove fonts</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>The file manager lets you organize your files into folders. Folders can contain files and may also contain other folders. Using folders can help you find your files more easily.</para>
- <para><application>Nautilus</application> also manages the desktop. The desktop
-lies behind all other visible items on your screen. The desktop
-is an active component of the way you use your computer.</para>
- <para>Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all of the user's files. The desktop is another
-folder. The desktop contains special icons allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Trash, and also removable media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flashdrives.</para>
- <para><application>Nautilus</application> is always running while you are using GNOME. To open a new <application>Nautilus</application> window, double-click on an appropriate icon on the desktop such as <guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem>, or choose an item from <link linkend="places-menu"><guimenuitem>Places</guimenuitem> menu</link> on the top panel.</para>
- <para>In GNOME many things are files, such as word processor documents, spreadsheets, photos, movies, and music.</para>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-presentation">
- <title>File Manager Presentation</title>
- <para><application>Nautilus</application> provides two modes in which you can interact with your filesystem: spatial and browser mode. You may decide which method you prefer and set <application>Nautilus</application> to always use this by selecting (or deselecting) <guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tab of the <link linkend="nautilus-preferences">Nautilus preferences dialog</link>.</para>
- <para>Spatial mode is the default in GNOME, but your distributor, vendor, or system administrator may have configured <application>Nautilus</application> to use browser mode by default.</para>
- <para>The following explains the difference between the two modes:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><!-- BROWSER -->
- <term>Browser mode: browse your files and folders</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The file manager window represents a browser, which can display any location. Opening a folder updates the current file manager window to show the contents of the new folder.</para>
- <para>As well as the folder contents, the browser window displays a toolbar with common actions and locations, a location bar that shows the current location in the hierarchy of folders, and a sidebar that can hold different kinds of information.</para>
- <para>In Browser Mode, you typically have fewer file manager windows open at a time. For more information on using browser mode see <xref linkend="nautilus-browser-mode"/>.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-browser-mode">
- <title><application>Nautilus</application> in browser mode.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_browser_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Nautilus in browser mode.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry><!-- SPATIAL -->
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Spatial mode: navigate your files and folders as objects </term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The file manager window represents a particular folder. Opening a folder opens the new window for that folder. Each time you open a particular folder, you will find its window displayed in the same place on the screen and the same size as the last time you viewed it (this is the reason for the name 'spatial mode').</para>
- <para>Using spatial mode may lead to more open file manager windows on the screen. On the other hand, some users find that representing files and folders as though they were real physical objects with particular locations makes it easier to work with them. For more information on using spatial mode see <xref linkend="nautilus-spatial-mode" /></para>
-
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-spatial-mode">
- <title>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_spatial_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <note>
- <para>Notice how, when in spatial mode, <application>Nautilus</application> indicates an open folder with a different icon.</para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <!-- ====================================================== Spatial mode -->
- <sect1 id="nautilus-spatial-mode">
- <title>Spatial Mode</title>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-24"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>navigating</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager when configured in spatial mode. In spatial mode, each <application>Nautilus</application> window corresponds to a single folder. When you open a folder its window appears at the same place on the screen as the last time you looked at it. This is the default behaviour in <application>Nautilus</application>.</para>
- <para>For a comparison of browser mode and spatial mode, see <xref linkend="nautilus-presentation"/>.</para>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-510">
- <title>Spatial Windows</title>
- <para>A new spatial window opens each time you open a folder. To open a folder, do one of the following:</para>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-25"/><!-- removed id: Displaying Folder Contents -->
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Double-click the folder's icon on the desktop or an existing window</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Select the folder, and press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Choose an item from the <link linkend="places-menu"><guimenuitem>Places</guimenuitem> menu</link> on the top panel. Your Home Folder and folders you have bookmarked are listed here. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend="nautilus-bookmarks"/>.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>To close the current folder while opening the new one, hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> when double-clicking, or press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
-
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-504"/> shows a spatial mode window
-that displays the contents of the Computer folder.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-504">
- <title>Contents of a folder in a spatial mode.<indexterm><primary>file
-manager</primary><secondary>icon view</secondary><tertiary>illustration</tertiary></indexterm></title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_spatial_view.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Displaying a folder in spatial mode.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <para>In spatial mode each open <application>Nautilus</application> windows shows only one location. Selecting a second location will open a second <application>Nautilus</application> window. Because each location remembers the previous position on screen in which it was opened it allows you to easily recognize folders when many of them are open at once.</para>
- <para>Some people consider spatial mode better, particularly for moving files or folders to different location, others find the number of open windows daunting. <xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open" /> shows an example of spatial browsing with many open locations.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open">
- <title>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_spatial_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<note>
-<para>Because spatial mode will fill your screen with <application>Nautilus</application> windows it is important to be able to reposition them effectively. By holding the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and clicking anywhere within the bounds of a <application>Nautilus</application> window you may reposition it simply, instead of requiring that you reposition it by dragging its title bar.</para>
-</note>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-spatial-components">
- <title>Spatial Window Components</title>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-85"/> describes the components of file
-object windows.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-85">
- <title>The Spatial Window Components</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="29.39*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="70.61*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Component</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Menubar</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in the file manager.</para>
- <para>You can also open a popup menu from file manager windows. To open this
-popup menu right-click in a file manager window. The items in this menu depend
-on where you right-click. For example, when you right-click on a file or folder,
-you can choose items related to the file or folder. When you right-click on
-the background of a view pane, you can choose items related to the display
-of items in the view pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-components-view"/>
- <para>View pane</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Shows the contents of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Folders</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>FTP sites</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Windows shares</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>WebDAV servers</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Locations that correspond to special URIs</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Statusbar</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Displays status information.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Parent folder selector</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>This drop-down list shows the hierarchy of the folder. Choose a folder from the list to open it.</para>
- <tip><para>Hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the list to close the current folder as you open the new one.</para></tip>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-4">
- <title>Displaying Your Home Folder in a Spatial Window</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>Home location</secondary>
- <see>Home location</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Home location</primary>
- <secondary>displaying</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To display your Home Folder,
-perform one of the following actions:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Double-click on the <guilabel>Home</guilabel> object on the
-desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From a folder window's menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>From the top panel menubar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>The spatial window displays the contents of your Home Folder.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-511">
- <title>Displaying a Parent Folder</title>
- <para>A parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder. To display the contents of your current folder's parent, do one of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>Choose from the parent folder selector at the bottom left of the window.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>To close the current folder while opening the parent, hold down <keycap>Shift</keycap> while choosing from the parent folder selector, or press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-512">
- <title>Closing Folders</title>
- <para>To close folders you may simply click on the close window button, this however may not be the most efficient way to close many windows.
-If you would like to view only the current folder, and not the folders you opened to reach the current folder, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close Parent Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-If want to close all folders on the screen, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Close All Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-501">
- <title>Displaying a Folder in a Browser Window</title>
- <para>If you wish to display a single folder in browser mode, while otherwise continuing to work in spatial mode, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select a folder while in spatial mode.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-open-location">
- <title>Opening a Location</title>
- <para>You can open a folder or other location in spatial mode by typing its name.</para>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice>
- <shortcut>
- <keycombo><keysym>L</keysym></keycombo>
- </shortcut>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>, and type the path or URI of the location you wish to open.
-</para>
-
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <!-- ====================================================== Browser mode -->
- <sect1 id="nautilus-browser-mode">
- <title>Browser Mode</title>
- <!-- Viewing Files in a File Browser Window -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-210"/>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-447"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>windows</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager when configured in browser mode. In browser mode, opening a folder updates the current file manager to show the contents of the new folder.</para>
- <para>For a comparison of browser mode and spatial mode, see <xref linkend="nautilus-presentation"/>.</para>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-492">
- <title>The File Browser Window</title>
- <para>You can access the file browser in the following ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>File Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>While in spatial mode you may open a folder in browser mode by right clicking on that folder and choosing <guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem>. A new file browser window will then open and display the contents of the selected folder.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>If <application>Nautilus</application> is set to always open browser windows, double clicking any folder will open a browser window, see <xref linkend="gosnautilus-56"/>.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-home-browser-mode">
- <title>Contents of a Folder in a File Browser Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_browser_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase> A folder in a file browser window.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <note>
- <para>In some distributions of the GNOME Desktop, the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button might have another designation, for example, <guibutton>Documents</guibutton>.</para>
- </note>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-493">
- <title>The File Browser Window Components</title>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-83"/> describes the components of a file
-browser window.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-83">
- <title>File Browser Window Components</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="29.39*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="70.61*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Component</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Menubar</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Contains menus that you use to perform tasks in the file manager.</para>
- <para><!-- TODO MOVE ME to a new section -->You can also open a popup menu from file manager windows. To open this
-popup menu right-click in a file manager window. The items in this menu depend
-on where you right-click. For example, when you right-click on a file or folder,
-you can choose items related to the file or folder. When you right-click on
-the background of a view pane, you can choose items related to the display
-of items in the view pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Toolbar</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Contains buttons that you use to perform tasks in the file manager.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Back</guibutton> Returns to the previously visited location. The adjacent drop down list also contains a list of the most recently visited locations to allow you to return to them faster.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guimenu>Forward</guimenu> Performs the opposite function to the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar item. If you have previously navigated back in time then this button returns you to the present.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Up</guibutton> Moves up one level to the parent of the current folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Reload</guibutton> Refreshes the contents of the current folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Home</guibutton> Opens your Home Folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Computer</guibutton> Opens your Computer folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guibutton>Search</guibutton> Opens the search bar.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Location bar</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>The location bar is a very powerful tool for navigating your computer. It can appear in three different ways depending on your selection. For more on using the location bar see <xref linkend="nautilus-location-bar" />. In all three configurations the location bar always contains the following items.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guimenu>Zoom</guimenu> buttons: Enable you to change the
-size of items in the view pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list: Enables you to
-choose how to show items in your view pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-540"/>
- <para>Side pane</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Performs the following functions:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Shows information about the current file or folder. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enables you to navigate through your files. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The side pane contains a drop-down list that enables
-you to choose what to show in the side pane. You can choose from the following
-options:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Places</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>Displays places of particular interest.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Information</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>Displays the icon and information about the current folder. Buttons may appear in the side pane, these buttons
-enable you to perform actions on the current folder, other than the default action.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>Displays a hierarchical representation of your file system. You can
-use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> to navigate through your files.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>History</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>Contains a history list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URIs that
-you have recently visited.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Notes</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>Enables you to add notes to your files and folders.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>Contains emblems that you can add to a file or folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>To close the side pane, click on the <guibutton>X</guibutton> button
-at the top right of the side pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-53"/>
- <para>View pane</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Shows the contents of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Folders</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>FTP sites</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Windows shares</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>WebDAV servers</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Locations that correspond to special URIs</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Statusbar</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Displays status information.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-18">
- <title>Showing and Hiding File Browser Window Components</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>window components, showing
-and hiding</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To show or hide any of the components of the file browser described in <xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-83" /> select any of the following items from the menu:<!-- TODO clean this up, it's too robotic! --></para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>To hide the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the
-side pane again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. Alternatively you may press <keycap>F9</keycap> to toggle the visibility of the side pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To hide the toolbar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the
-toolbar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Main Toolbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To hide the location bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display
-the location bar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location Bar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To hide the statusbar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To display the
-statusbar again, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statusbar</guimenuitem></menuchoice> again. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-location-bar">
- <title>Using the Location Bar</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>window components, showing
-and hiding</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The file browser's location bar can show either a location field, a button bar, or a search field. Each is useful in different situations. </para>
-
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Button bar</guilabel></para>
- <para>By default the button bar is shown. This shows a row of buttons representing the current location's hierarchy, with a button for each containing folder. Click on the button to jump between folders in the hierarchy. You can return to the original folder, which is shown as the last button in the row.</para>
- <para>You can also drag buttons, for example to another location, in order to copy a folder.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-903">
- <title>The button bar.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_button_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>The button bar.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Text Location Bar</guilabel></para>
- <para>The text location bar shows the current location as a text path, for example: '/home/user/Documents'. The location field is particularly useful for jumping to a known folder very quickly.</para>
- <para>To go to a new location, type a new path or edit the current one, then press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The path field automatically completes what you are typing when there is only one possibility. To accept the suggested completion, press <keycap>Tab</keycap>.</para>
- <para>To always use the text location bar, click on the toggle button at the left of the location bar.</para>
- <para>To quickly switch to the text location bar while using the button bar, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press <keycap>Leading Slash (/)</keycap> to type a path from the root directory. The location bar shows the location buttons again after you press <keycap>Enter</keycap> or cancel with <keycap>Escape</keycap>.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-902">
- <title>The location bar.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_go_to_location.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>The location bar.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Search bar</guilabel></para>
- <para>By pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or selecting the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> toolbar button the search bar appears. For more information on searching see <xref linkend="nautilus-searching" />. The search bar is excellent for locating files of folders when you are not sure of their exact location.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-904">
- <title>The button bar.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_search_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>The search bar.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-499">
- <title>Displaying Your Home Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>Home folder</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>Home location</secondary>
- <see>Home location</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Home location</primary>
- <secondary>displaying</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To quickly display your Home Folder,
-perform one of the following actions from a file browser window:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> toolbar button. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Home</guibutton> button in the Places side pane. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>The file browser window displays the contents of your Home Folder.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-500">
- <title>Displaying a Folder</title>
- <para>The contents of a folder can be displayed in either list or icon view by selecting the appropriate item in the location bar <guilabel>View as</guilabel> menu. For more information on the list and icon view see <xref linkend="gosnautilus-7" /></para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Double-click on the folder in the view pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane. For more
-information, see <xref linkend="gosnautilus-27"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> buttons in the location bar.
-</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> to show the text <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field, type the path
-of the folder that you want to display, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.
-The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field includes an autocomplete feature.
-As you type a path, the file manager reads your file system. When you type
-enough characters to uniquely identify a directory, the file manager completes
-the name of the directory in the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button and the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button to browse through your navigation history.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>To change to the folder that is one level above the current folder,
-choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Up</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, click on the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> toolbar
-button.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-26">
- <title>Displaying a Parent Folder</title>
- <para>The parent folder of the current folder which you are browsing is the one which exists, in a hierarchical representation, one level above the current. To display the contents of parent folder, perform one of the
-following steps:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press the <guibutton>Up</guibutton> button on the toolbar.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open Parent</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menubar. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press the <keycap>Backspace</keycap> key.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-27">
- <title>Using the Tree From the Side Pane</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>Tree, using </secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Tree, using</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> view is one of the most useful features of the side pane. It displays a hierarchical representation of your file system and provides a convenient way to browse and to navigate
-your file system. To display the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane, choose <guimenuitem>Tree</guimenuitem> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane. </para>
-<para>In the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>view, open folders are represented as downwards facing arrows.</para>
-
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-34"/> describes tasks you can
-perform with the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>, and how to do so.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-34">
- <title>Tree Tasks</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Task</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Open the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Choose <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> from the drop-down
-list at the top of the side pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Choose another item from the drop-down list at the
-top of the side pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Expand a folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Click on the arrow next to the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Collapse a folder in the <guilabel> Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Click on the arrow next to the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Display the contents of
-a folder in the view pane.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Select the folder in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Open a file.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select the file in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>You can set your preferences so that the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> does
-not display files. For more information, see <xref linkend="gosnautilus-438"/>. </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-5">
- <title>Using Your Navigation History</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>navigating history list</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The file browser window maintains a history
-list of files, folders, FTP sites, and URI locations you have recently visited. You can use the history
-list to navigate to quickly return to these places. Your history list contains the last ten items that
-you viewed.</para>
- <para>To clear your history list choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Clear History</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-77">
- <title>Navigating Your History List Using the Go Menu</title>
- <para>To display a list of previously-viewed items, choose the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu. Your history list is displayed in the lower part of the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu. To open an item in your history list, simply click on the item.</para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-78">
- <title>Navigating Your History List Using the Toolbar</title>
- <para>To use the toolbar to navigate your history list, perform one of the
-following actions:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>To open the folder or URI in your history
-list, click on the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To open the folder or URI in your history list,
-click on the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To display a list of previously-viewed items, click on the
-down arrow to the right of the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar button.
-To open an item from this list, click on the item.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To display a list of items that you viewed after you viewed
-the current item, click on the down arrow to the right of the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> toolbar button. To open an item from this list, click
-on the item.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-80">
- <title>Navigating Your History List Using History in the Side Pane</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>History</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To display the <guilabel>History</guilabel> list in the side pane, choose <guilabel>History</guilabel> from the drop-down list at the top of the side pane. The <guilabel>History</guilabel> list in the side pane displays a list of your previously-viewed
-items.</para>
- <para>To display an item from your history list in the view pane, double-click on
-the item in the <guilabel>History</guilabel> list.</para>
-
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <!-- ======================================================== Opening -->
- <sect1 id="nautilus-open-file">
- <title>Opening Files</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-28"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>opening files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>When you open a file, the file manager performs the default
-action for that file type.</para>
- <para>For example, opening a music file will play it with the default music playing application, opening a text file will allow you to read and edit it in a text editor, and opening an image file will display the image.</para>
- <para>The file manager checks the contents of a file to determine the type
-of a file. If the first lines do not determine the type of the file, then
-the file manager checks the <glossterm>file extension</glossterm>.</para>
- <note><para>If you open an executable text file, that is, one that Nautilus considers can be run as a program, then you will be asked what you want to do: run it, or display it in a text editor. You can modify this behaviour in the <link linkend="nautilus-preferences">File Management preferences</link>.</para></note>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-29">
- <title>Executing the Default Action</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>executing default actions
-for files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To execute the default action for a
-file, double-click on the file. For example, the default action for plain
-text documents is to display the file in a text viewer. In this case, you
-can double-click on the file to display the file in a text viewer.</para>
- <para>You can set your file manager preferences so that you click once on
-a file to execute the default action. For more information, see <xref linkend="gosnautilus-56"/>.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-30">
- <title>Executing Non-Default Actions</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>executing non-default
-actions for files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To execute actions other than
-the default action for a file, select the file that you want to perform
-an action on. In the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu></menuchoice> menu you will either have "Open with" choices, or an
-<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open With</guimenuitem></menuchoice> submenu. Select the desired option from this list.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-add-actions">
- <title>Adding Actions</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-204"/><!-- Assigning Actions to Files -->
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>adding actions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To add actions associated with a file type, perform the
-following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>In the view pane, select
-a file of the type to which you want to add an action.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open with Other Application</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Either choose an application in the open with dialog or browse to the program with
-which you wish to open this type.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>The action you have chosen is now added to the list of actions for that particular file type. If there was
-no prior action associated with the type, the newly added action is the default.</para>
- <para>You may also add actions in the <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section under <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-75">
- <title>Modifying Actions</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>modifying actions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To modify the actions associated with a file or file
-type, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>In the view pane, select
-a file of the type to which you want to modify the action.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guilabel>Open With</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons to tailor the list of actions.
-Select the default action with the option to the left of the list.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
-
- <!-- =========================================== Searching -->
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="nautilus-searching">
- <title>Searching For Files</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>searching files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager includes an easy and simple to use way search for your files and folders. To begin a search press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or select the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> toolbar button. The search bar should appear as in <xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-925" /></para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-925">
- <title>The search bar.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_search_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>The search bar.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<para>Enter characters present in the name or contents of the file or folder you wish to find and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. The results of your search should appear in the view pane as illustrated in <xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-926" /></para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-926">
- <title>The result of a search.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_search_results.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>The result of a search.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<para>If you are not happy with your search you can refine it by adding addition conditions. This allows you to restrict the search to a specific file type or location. To add search conditions click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> icon. <xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-927" /> shows a search which has been restricted to the users home directory and to only search for text files.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-927">
- <title>Restricting a search.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_refine_search.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Restricting a search.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-saving-searches">
- <title>Saving Searches</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>executing default actions
-for files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Nautilus searches can also be saved for future use. Once saved, searches may be reopened later. <xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-935" /> shows a user with three saved searches, browsing one of them.</para>
- <figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-935">
- <title>Browsing the results of a saved search.</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/nautilus_restore_saved_search.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Browsing the results of a saved search.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<para>Saved searches behave exactly like regular folders, for example you can open, move or delete files from within a saved search.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <!-- =========================================== Managing -->
- <sect1 id="gosnautilus-8">
- <title>Managing Your Files and Folders</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>managing files and folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This section describes how to work with your
-files and folders.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="nautilus-directories-file-systems" status="complete">
- <title>Directories and File Systems</title>
- <para>Linux and Unix file systems are organised in a hierarchical, tree-like structure. The highest level of the file system is the <filename>/</filename> or <emphasis>root directory</emphasis>. In the Unix and Linux design philosophy, everything is considered a file - including hard disks, partitions and removable media. This means that all files and directories (including other disks and partitions) exist under the root directory.
- </para>
- <para>For example, <filename>/home/jebediah/cheeses.odt</filename> shows the correct full path to the <filename>cheeses.odt</filename> file that exists in the <filename>jebediah</filename> directory which is under the <filename>home</filename> directory, which in turn, is under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory.
- </para>
- <para>Underneath the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory, there is a set of important system directories that are commonly used across most Linux distributions. The following is a listing of common directories that are directly under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/bin</filename> - important <emphasis>bin</emphasis>ary applications
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/boot</filename> - files that are required to <emphasis>boot</emphasis> the computer
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/dev</filename> - the <emphasis>dev</emphasis>ice files
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/etc</filename> - configuration files, startup scripts, <emphasis>etc</emphasis>...
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/home</filename> - local users' <emphasis>home</emphasis> directories
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/lib</filename> - system <emphasis>lib</emphasis>raries
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/lost+found</filename> - provides a <emphasis>lost+found</emphasis> system for files that exist under the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/media</filename> - mounted (loaded) removable <emphasis>media</emphasis> such as CDs, digital cameras, etc...
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/mnt</filename> - <emphasis>m</emphasis>ou<emphasis>nt</emphasis>ed filesystems
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/opt</filename> - provides a location for <emphasis>opt</emphasis>ional applications to be installed
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/proc</filename> - special dynamic directory that maintains information about the state of the system, including currently running <emphasis>proc</emphasis>esses
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>root</emphasis> user home directory, pronounced &apos;slash-root&apos;
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/sbin</filename> - important <emphasis>s</emphasis>ystem <emphasis>bin</emphasis>aries
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/srv</filename> - provides a location for data used by <emphasis>s</emphasis>e<emphasis>rv</emphasis>ers</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/sys</filename> - contains information about the <emphasis>sys</emphasis>tem
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>t</emphasis>e<emphasis>mp</emphasis>orary files
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/usr</filename> - applications and files that are mostly available for all <emphasis>us</emphasis>e<emphasis>r</emphasis>s to access
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><filename>/var</filename> - <emphasis>var</emphasis>iable files such as logs and databases
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-7">
- <title>Using Views to Display Your Files and Folders</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>viewer components</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>views</secondary>
- <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The file manager includes views that enable you to show the contents
-of your folders in different ways, icon view, and list view.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Icon view</para>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-icon-view"/> Shows the items in the folder as icons.
-<figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-icon-view">
- <title>The Home Folder displayed in a icon view.</title>
-<screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_spatial_icon_view.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Your Home Folder displayed in a icon view.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-</figure></para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>List view</para>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-list-view"/> Shows the items in the folder as a list.
-<figure id="gosnautilus-FIG-naut-list-view">
- <title>The Home Folder displayed in a list view.</title>
-<screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_spatial_list_view.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Your Home Folder displayed in a list view.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-</figure>
-</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>You may use the <guilabel>View</guilabel> menu, or the <guilabel>View as</guilabel> drop-down list to choose between icon or list view. You can specify how you want to arrange or sort items in the folder and modify the size of the items in the view pane. The following sections describe how to work with icon view and list view.</para>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-101">
- <title>To Arrange Your Files in Icon View</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>icon view</secondary>
- <tertiary>arranging files in</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>When you display
-the contents of a folder in icon view, you can specify how to arrange the
-items in the folder. To specify how to arrange items in icon view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Arrange Items</guisubmenu></menuchoice>.
-The <guisubmenu>Arrange Items</guisubmenu> submenu contains the following
-sections:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>At the top is an option that enables you to arrange
-your files manually.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The middle section contains options that enable you to sort
-your files automatically.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The bottom section contains options that enable you to modify
-how your files are arranged.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>Choose the appropriate options from the submenu, as described in the
-following table: </para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec6" colwidth="28.75*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec7" colwidth="71.25*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Option</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Manually</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to arrange the items manually.
-To arrange the items manually, drag the items to the location you require
-within the view pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>By Name</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to sort the
-items alphabetically by name. The order of the items is not case sensitive.
-If the file manager is set to display hidden files, the hidden files are shown
-last.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>By Size</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to sort the
-items by size, with the largest item first. When you sort items by size, the
-folders are sorted by the number of items in the folder. The folders are not
-sorted by the total size of the items in the folder.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>By Type</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to sort the
-items alphabetically by object type. The items are sorted alphabetically by
-the description of their <firstterm>MIME type</firstterm>. The MIME type identifies
-the format of a file, and enables applications to read the file. For example,
-an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal> MIME type to
-detect that a PNG file is attached to an email.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>By Modification
-Date</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to sort the items by the date the items were last modified.
-The most recently modified item is first.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>By Emblems</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to sort the
-items by any emblems that are added to the items. The items are sorted alphabetically
-by emblem name. Items that do not have emblems are last. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Compact Layout</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
- <para>Select
-this option to arrange the items so that the items are closer to each other.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Reversed Order</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to reverse the order of the option
-by which you sort the items. For example, if you sort the items by name, select
-the <guilabel>Reversed Order</guilabel> option to sort the items in reverse
-alphabetical order.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-listview-arrange">
- <title>To Arrange Your Files in List View</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>list view</secondary>
- <tertiary>arranging files in</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>When you display the contents of a folder in list view, you can specify how to arrange the
-items in the folder. To specify how to arrange items in list view, click on the header of the column specifying the property
-by which you wish to arrange the items. To inverse the sorting order click on the same column header again.</para>
- <para>To add or remove columns from the list view choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Visible Columns</guisubmenu></menuchoice></para>
- <para>The file manager remembers how you arrange the items in a particular
-folder. The next time that you display the folder, the items are arranged
-in the way that you selected. In other words, when you specify how to arrange
-the items in a folder, you customize the folder to display the items in that
-way. To return the arrangement settings of the folder to the default arrangement
-settings specified in your preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset View to Defaults</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </sect3>
-<sect3 id="gosnautilus-102">
- <title>To Change the Size of Items in a View</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>zooming in and out</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can change the size of items in a view. You can change
-the size if the view displays a file or a folder. You can change the size
-of items in a view in the following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>To enlarge the size of items in a view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To reduce the size of items in a view, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To return items in a view to the normal size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>You can also use the zoom buttons on the location bar in a browser window to change the
-size of items in a view. <xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-42"/> describes how
-to use the zoom buttons.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-42">
- <title>Zoom Buttons</title>
- <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="21.98*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="32.86*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="44.17*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Button</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Button Name </para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_zoom_out_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Zoom Out button.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para><guibutton>Zoom Out</guibutton> button</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Click on this button to reduce the size of items in a view.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_normal_size_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Normal Size button.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para><guibutton>Normal Size</guibutton>
-button </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Click on this button to return
-items in a view to normal size.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_zoom_in_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Zoom In button.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para><guibutton>Zoom In</guibutton> button</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Click on this button to enlarge the size of items in a view.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>The file manager remembers the size of items in a particular folder.
-The next time that you display the folder, the items are displayed in the
-size that you selected. In other words, when you change the size of items
-in a folder, you customize the folder to display the items at that size. To
-return the size of the items to the default size specified in your preferences,
-choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Reset View
-to Defaults</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="nautilus-select">
- <title>Selecting Files and Folders</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-202"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>selecting files and folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can select files and folders in several
-ways in the file manager. Typically this is achieved by clicking on the files using the mouse, as explained in <xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-10"/>. In addition <xref linkend="nautilus-select-pattern"/> describes how to select a group of files matching a specific pattern.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-10">
- <title>Selecting Items in the File Manager</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Task</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2">
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Select an item</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Click on the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Select a group of contiguous
-items</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>In icon view,
-drag around the files that you want to select.</para>
- <para>In list view, click
-on the first item in the group. Press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap>, then
-click on the last item in the group.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Select multiple items</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>.
-Click on the items that you want to select.</para>
- <para>Alternatively, press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, then drag around the files that you want to select.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Select all items in a folder</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select All Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>To perform the default action on an item, double-click on the item.
-You can set your file manager preferences so that you click once on a file
-to execute the default action. For more information, see <xref linkend="gosnautilus-56"/>.</para>
-<sect3 id="nautilus-select-pattern">
-<title>Selecting Files Matching a Specific Pattern</title>
-<para><application>Nautilus</application> allows you to select all files matching a pattern based upon their filename and an optional number of wildcards. This can be useful if, for example, you wish to select all files which contain the phrase "memo" in their filename. <xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-select-pattern"/> gives some examples of possible patterns and the resulting files they would match.</para>
-<table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-select-pattern">
- <title>Selecting Items in the File Manager</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Pattern</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2">
- <para>Files Matched</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>note.*</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>This pattern would match files called note, with any extension.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>*.ogg</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>This pattern would match all files with the .ogg extension</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>*memo*</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>This pattern would match all files or folders whose name contains the word memo.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- <para>To perform the Select Pattern command Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Select Patterns</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the menu. After entering the desired pattern you are left with those files or folders which matched the pattern selected. You may then do with the selected files or folders what you choose.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="nautilus-dragndrop">
- <title>Drag-and-Drop in the File Manager</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-201"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>drag-and-drop</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can use drag-and-drop to perform several tasks in the
-file manager. When you drag-and-drop, the mouse pointer provides feedback
-about the task that you perform. <xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-11"/> describes
-the tasks that you can perform with drag-and-drop. The table also shows the
-mouse pointers that appear when you drag-and-drop.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-11">
- <title>Drag-and-Drop in the File Manager</title>
- <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="98.56*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="28.70*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Task</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2">
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Mouse Pointer</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Move an item</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Drag the item to the new location.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/move_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Move pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Copy an item</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Drag the item to the location where you want the copy to reside.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/copy_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Copy pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Create a symbolic link to
-an item</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Grab the
-item, then press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>.
-Drag the item to the location where you want the symbolic link to reside.</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/link_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Symbolic link pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>Ask what to do with the
-item you drag</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>Grab the item, then press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap>. You may also use the middle mouse button to perform the same operation.
-Drag the item to the location where you want the item to reside. Release the mouse button.
-A popup menu appears. Choose one of the following items from the popup menu:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Move here</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- <para>Moves the item to the location.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Copy here</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- <para>Copies the item to the location. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Link here</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- <para>Creates a symbolic link to the item at the location.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Set as Background</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- <para>If the item is an image, sets the image to be the background.
- You can use this command to set the background of the desktop, the side pane or the view pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Cancel</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- <para>Cancels the drag-and-drop operation.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/ask_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Ask pointer.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-9">
- <title>Moving a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>moving files and folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can move a file or folder by dragging it with the mouse, or with the cut and paste commands. The following sections describe these two methods.</para>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-537">
- <title>Drag to the New Location</title>
- <para>To drag a file or folder to a new location, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open two file manager windows:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>The window containing the item you want to move.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The window you want to move it to, or the window containing the folder you want to move it to.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Drag the file or folder that you want to move to the new location. If the new location is a window, drop it anywhere in the window. If the new location is a folder icon, drop the item you are dragging on the folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>To move the file or folder to a folder that is one level below the current
-location, do not open a new window. Instead, drag the file or folder to the
-new location in the same window.</para>
- <tip><para>For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="nautilus-dragndrop"/>.</para></tip>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-538">
- <title>Cut and Paste to the New Location</title>
- <para>You can cut a file or folder and paste the file or folder into another
-folder, as follows:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to move, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the folder to which you want to move the file or folder,
-then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste
-</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-10">
- <title>Copying a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>copying files and folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can copy a file or folder by dragging it with the mouse, or with the copy and paste commands. The following sections describe these two methods.</para>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-640">
- <title>Drag to the New Location</title>
- <para>To copy a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open two file manager windows:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>The window containing the item you want to move.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The window you want to move it to, or the window containing the folder you want to move it to.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Drag the file or folder that you want to move to the new location. Press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> either before or during the drag. If the new location is a window, drop it anywhere in the window. If the new location is a folder icon, drop the item you are dragging on the folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>To copy the file or folder to a folder that is one level below the current
-location, do not open a new window. Instead, grab the file or folder, then
-press-and-hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>. Drag the file or folder to the new location
-in the same window.</para>
- <tip><para>For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="nautilus-dragndrop"/>.</para></tip>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-441">
- <title>Copy and Paste to the New Location</title>
- <para>You can copy a file or folder and paste the file or folder into another
-folder, as follows:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to copy, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the folder to which you want to copy the file or folder,
-then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste
-</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-82">
- <title>Duplicating a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>duplicating files and
-folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To create a copy of a file or folder
-in the current folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to duplicate.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Duplicate</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>A copy of the file or folder appears in the current folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-11">
- <title>Creating a Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>creating folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To create a folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the folder where you want to create the new folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click
-on the background of the window, then choose <guimenuitem>Create Folder</guimenuitem>.</para>
- <para>An <guilabel>untitled</guilabel> folder is added to the location. The
-name of the folder is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Type a name for the folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-templates-docs">
- <title>Templates and Documents</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>creating documents</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can create templates from documents that you frequently
-create. For example, if you often create invoices, you can create an empty
-invoice document and save the document as <literal>invoice.doc</literal> in
-the <literal>$HOME/Templates</literal> folder.</para>
- <para>You can also access the templates folder from a file browser window.
-Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Templates</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>The template name is displayed as a submenu item in the <guilabel>Create
-Document</guilabel> menu.</para>
- <para>You can also create subfolders in the template folder. Subfolders display
-as submenus in the menu. </para>
- <para>You can also share templates. Create a symbolic link from the template
-folder to the folder containing the shared templates. </para>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-514">
- <title>To Create a Document</title>
- <para>If you have document templates, you can choose to create a document
-from one of the installed templates. </para>
- <para>To create a document perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the folder where you want to create the new document.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on
-the background of the view pane, then choose <guimenuitem>Create Document</guimenuitem>.</para>
- <para>The names of any available templates are displayed as submenu items
-from the <guilabel>Create Document</guilabel> menu.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Double-click on the template name for the document that you
-want to create. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Rename the document before saving to the appropriate folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-12">
- <title>Renaming a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>renaming folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To rename a file or folder perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to rename.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file
-or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>.</para>
- <para>The name of the file or folder is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Type a new name for the file or folder, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-13">
- <title>Moving a File or Folder to Trash</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>Trash</secondary>
- <see>Trash</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Trash</primary>
- <secondary>moving
-files or folders to</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To move a file or folder
-to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to move to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the
-file or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>Alternatively, you can drag the file or folder to the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop.</para>
- <note>
- <para>When you move a file or folder from a removable media to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, the file or folder is stored in a <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>
-location on the removable media. To remove the file or folder permanently
-from the removable media, you must empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>.</para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-443">
- <title>Deleting a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>deleting files or folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>When you delete a file or folder, the file or
-folder is not moved to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, but is deleted from your
-file system immediately. The <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item is
-only available if you select the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses
-Trash</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel>
- dialog. </para>
- <para>To delete a file or folder perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to delete.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Alternatively, right-click on the file
-or folder, then choose <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>
- Alternatively, select the file or folder you want to delete, and press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>.
- <note>
- <para>
- This shortcut is independent from the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option.
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-symlink">
- <title>Creating a Symbolic Link to a File or Folder</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-14"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>creating symbolic link</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>symbolic link</primary>
- <secondary>to file or folder, creating</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A symbolic link is
-a special type of file that points to another file or folder. When you perform
-an action on a symbolic link, the action is performed on the file or folder
-to which the symbolic link points. However, when you delete a symbolic link,
-you delete the link file, not the file to which the symbolic link points.</para>
- <para>To create a symbolic link to a file or folder, select the file or folder
-to which you want to create a link. Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Make Link</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A link to the
-file or folder is added to the current folder. </para>
- <para>Alternatively, grab the item to which you want to create a link, then
-press-and-hold <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo>. Drag the item
-to the location where you want to place the link.</para>
- <para>By default, the file manager adds an emblem to symbolic links.</para>
- <note>
- <para>The permissions of a symbolic link are determined by the file
-or folder to which a symbolic link points.</para>
- </note>
- <tip><para>For more on dragging items, see <xref linkend="nautilus-dragndrop"/>.</para></tip>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-476">
- <title>Viewing the Properties of a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>viewing properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To view the properties of a file or folder, perform the
-following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder whose properties you want to view. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A properties dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the properties dialog to view the properties of the file
-or folder. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties
-dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>The following table lists the properties that you can view or set for files and folders, the exact information shown depends on the object type:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Property</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Name</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The name of the file or folder. You can change the name here and the file or folder will be renamed when you click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Type</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The type of object, file or folder for example.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Location</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The system path for the object. This represents where the object is situated on your computer, relative to the system root.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Volume</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The volume on which a folder resides. This is the physical location of the folder, on which media it resides, for example which hard disk or CDROM drive.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Free space</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The amount of free space on the media upon which a folder resides. This represents the maximum amount of data you can copy to this folder.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>MIME Type</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The official naming of the type of file.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Modified</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The date and time at which the object was last changed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Accessed</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>The date and time at which the object was last viewed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="nautilus-permissions-overview" status="review">
- <title>File Permissions</title>
- <para>Permissions are settings assigned to each file and folder
- that determine what type of access users can have to the file or folder. For example, you can determine whether other users can read and edit a file that belongs to you, or only have access to read it but not make changes to it.</para>
- <para>Each file belongs to a particular user, and is associated with a group that the owner belongs to. The super user "root" has the ability to access any file on the system.</para>
- <para>You can set permissions for three categories of users:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>Owner</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The user that created the file or folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Group</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>A group of users to which the owner belongs.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Others</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>All other users not already included.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>For each category of user, different permissions can be set. These behave differently for files and folders, as follows:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>read</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Files can be opened</para>
- <para>Directory contents can be displayed</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>write</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Files can be edited or deleted</para>
- <para>Directory contents can be modified</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>execute</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Executable files can be run as a program</para>
- <para>Directories can be entered</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>For more on changing the permissions for a file or folder, see <xref linkend="nautilus-permissions" />.</para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="nautilus-permissions">
- <title>Changing Permissions</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-430"/>
-
- <sect3 id="nautilus-permissions-file">
- <title>Changing Permissions for a File</title>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>changing permissions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>permissions</primary>
- <secondary>changing file</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To change the permissions of a file, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file that you want to change. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <link linkend="nautilus-properties">properties window</link> for the item is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To change the file's group, choose from the groups the user belongs to in the drop-down selector.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from these permissions for the file:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>None</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>No access to the file is possible. (You can't set this for the owner.)</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Read-only</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The users can open a file to see its contents, but not make any changes.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Read and write</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Normal access to a file is possible: it can be opened and saved.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To allow a file to be run as a program, select <guilabel>Execute</guilabel></para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="nautilus-permissions-folder">
- <title>Changing Permissions for a Folder</title>
-
- <para>To change the permissions of a folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the folder that you want to change. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <link linkend="nautilus-properties">properties window</link> for the item is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel> tab.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To change the folder's group, choose from the groups the user belongs to in the drop-down selector.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>For each of the owner, the group, and all other users, choose from these folder access permissions:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>None</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>No access to the folder is possible. (You can't set this for the owner.)</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>List files only</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The users can see the items in the folder, but not open any of them.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Access files</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Items in the folder can be opened and modified, provided their own permissions allow it.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Create and delete files</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The user can create new files and delete files in the folder, in addition to being able to access existing files.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>To set permissions for all the items contained in a folder, set the <guilabel>File Access</guilabel> and <guilabel>Execute</guilabel> properties and click on <guibutton>Apply permissions to enclosed files</guibutton>.</para>
- </sect3>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-200">
- <title>Adding Notes to Files and Folders</title>
- <para>You can add notes to files or folders. You can add notes to files or
-folders in the following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the properties dialog</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> in the side pane</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <sect3 id="nautilus-notes">
- <title>To Add a Note Using the Properties Dialog</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-472"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>notes</primary>
- <secondary>adding to files and folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>notes</secondary>
- <tertiary>adding</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To add a note
-to a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder to which you want to add a note. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <link linkend="nautilus-properties">properties window</link> for the item is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tab. In the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section, type the note.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties
-dialog. A note emblem is added to the file or folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para><indexterm><primary>notes</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>notes</secondary><tertiary>deleting</tertiary></indexterm>To delete a note, delete the note text from the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-473">
- <title>To Add a Note Using Notes in the Side Pane</title>
- <para>To add a note to a file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the file or folder to which you want to add a note in
-the view pane.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> from the drop-down list
-at the top of the side pane. To display the side pane, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Side Pane</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Type the note in the side pane. A note emblem is added to
-the file or folder in the view pane, and a note icon is added to the side
-pane. You can click on this icon to display the note.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>To delete a note, delete the note text from <guilabel>Notes</guilabel>
-in the side pane.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-bookmarks">
- <title>Using Bookmarks For Your Favorite Locations</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-36"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>bookmarks</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can keep a list of <firstterm>bookmarks</firstterm> in <application>Nautilus</application>: folders and other locations that you frequently need to open.</para>
- <para>Your bookmarks are listed in the following places:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu on the top panel.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu in a folder window.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> menu in a <application>Nautilus</application> browser window.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The side pane in the <link linkend="filechooser-open"><guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog</link>. This allows you to quickly open a file that is in one of your bookmarked locations.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The list of commonly used locations in the <link linkend="filechooser-save"> <guilabel>Save File</guilabel> dialog</link>. This allows you to quickly save a file to a location you have in your bookmarks.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>To open an item that is in your bookmarks, choose the item from a menu.</para>
-
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-40">
- <title>Adding a Bookmark</title>
- <para>To add a bookmark, open the folder or location that you want to bookmark, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>If you are using a <application>Nautilus</application> browser window, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-41">
- <title>To Edit a Bookmark</title>
- <para>To edit your bookmarks perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or in a browser window, <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. An <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel>
-dialog is displayed. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the bookmark on the left side of
-the <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog. Edit the details for the bookmark
-on the right side of the <guilabel>Edit Bookmarks</guilabel> dialog, as follows:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Name</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use this text box to specify the name that identifies the
-bookmark in the menus.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Location</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use this field to specify the location of the bookmark.</para>
- <para>Folders on your system use the <uri>file:///</uri> URI.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To delete a bookmark, select the bookmark on the left side
-of the dialog. Click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-trash">
- <title>Using Trash</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-44"/>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_trash_launcher.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Trash icon, empty.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Trash</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Trash is a special folder that holds files that you no longer want to keep.
-Files in the Trash are not deleted permanently until you empty the trash. This two-stage process is in
-case you change your mind, or accidentally remove the wrong file.</para>
- <para>You can move the following items to <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Files</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Folders</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Desktop objects</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>If you need to retrieve a file from <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you
-can display <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> and move the file out of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>. When you empty <guilabel>Trash</guilabel>, you delete the
-contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> permanently. </para>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-107">
- <title>To Display Trash</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Trash</primary>
- <secondary>displaying</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can display the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following
-ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>From a file browser window</para>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are displayed in
-the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From a spatial window</para>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> are
-displayed in the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the desktop</para>
- <para>Double-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object on the desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-108">
- <title>To Empty Trash</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Trash</primary>
- <secondary>emptying</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can empty the contents of <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> in the following
-ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>From a file browser window</para>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Empty
-Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the desktop</para>
- <para>Right-click on the <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> object, then choose <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <caution>
- <para>When you empty trash, you destroy all files in the trash. Be sure that the trash only contains files
-you no longer need.
- </para>
- </caution>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-hidden-files">
- <title>Hidden Files</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>hidden</primary>
- <secondary>files</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>By default, <application>Nautilus</application> does not display certain system and backup files in folders. This prevents accidental modification or deletion of them, which can impair the operation of your computer, and also reduces clutter in locations such as your Home Folder. Nautilus does not display:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Hidden files, whose filename begins with a period (.),</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Backup files, whose filename ends with a tilde (~)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Files that are listed in a particular folder's <filename>.hidden</filename> file.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>You may hide or show hidden files in a particular folder by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-
- <para>To set <application>Nautilus</application> to always show hidden files, see <xref linkend="nautilus-preferences"/>.</para>
-
- <sect3 id="nautilus-managing-hidden-files">
- <title>Hiding a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>create</primary>
- <secondary>hidden</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To hide a file or folder in <application>Nautilus</application>, either rename the file so its name begins with the period (.) character, or create a text file named <filename>.hidden</filename> in the same folder, and add its name to it, as in the example below:</para>
- <programlisting>filename
-foldername</programlisting>
- <para>You may need to refresh the relevant <application>Nautilus</application> window to see the change: press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <!-- ====================================================== File properties -->
-
- <sect1 id="nautilus-properties">
- <title>Item Properties</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-51"/><!-- was: changing icon, but linked to from the GUI -->
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>file properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Item Properties</guilabel> window shows more information about any file, folder, or other item in the file manager. With this window, you can also do the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Change the icon for an item: see <xref linkend="nautilus-icon"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Add or remove emblems for an item: see <xref linkend="nautilus-emblems"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Change the UNIX file permissions for an item: see <xref linkend="nautilus-permissions"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Choose which application is used to open an item, and others of the same type.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Add notes to an item: see <xref linkend="nautilus-notes"/>.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>To open the item properties window, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Select the item whose properties you want to examine or change. If you select more than one item, the properties window will show the properties that are in common to all items.</para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Do one of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Right-click on the selected item and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
-
-
- </sect1>
-
-
-
- <!-- ====================================================== Appearance -->
- <sect1 id="gosnautilus-203">
- <title>Modifying the Appearance of Files and Folders</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>modifying appearance
-of files and folders</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager enables you to modify the appearance of your files and folders in several ways. You may customize the way files or folders look by attaching emblems or backgrounds to them. You can also change format in which <application>Nautilus</application> displays these items to you. The following sections describe how to do so.</para>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-550">
- <title>Icons and Emblems</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>icons</secondary>
- <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>emblems</secondary>
- <see>emblems</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>emblems</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The file manager displays your files and folders as icons. Depending on the type of the file the icon may be a image representative of the file type, a small thumbnail or preview showing the files contents. You can also add emblems to your file and folder icons. Such emblems appear in addition to the file icon and provide another means to manage your files. For example you can mark a file as important by adding an <guilabel>Important</guilabel> emblem to it, creating the following visual effect: </para>
-<screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>File icon with Important emblem.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
-
- <para>Notice how the file on the left is distinguished from the file on the right by the addition of the <guilabel>Important (!)</guilabel> emblem to its icon. See <xref linkend="nautilus-emblems"/> for more on adding emblems.</para>
- <para>The file manager automatically applies emblems for the following types of files:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Symbolic links</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Items for which you have the following permissions:<indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm></para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>No read permission</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>No write permission</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>The following table shows the default emblems:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Default Emblem</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_link_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Symbolic link emblem.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para><indexterm><primary>symbolic links</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm>Symbolic
-link</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_nowrite_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>No write permission emblem.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>No write permission</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/naut_noread_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>No read permission emblem.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>No read permission</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-icon">
- <title>Changing the Icon for a File or Folder</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>icons</secondary>
- <tertiary>changing</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To change the icon that represents an
-individual file or folder, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the file or folder that you want to change.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <link linkend="nautilus-properties">properties window</link> for the item is displayed. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>On the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tabbed section, click on
-the current <guibutton>Icon</guibutton>. A <guilabel>Select custom
-icon</guilabel> dialog is displayed. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Select custom icon</guilabel> dialog to choose
-the icon to represent the file or folder. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties
-dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>To restore an icon from a custom icon to the default icon,
-Select the file or folder that you want to change, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-click on the <guibutton>Icon</guibutton> button, in the <guilabel>Select custom
-icon</guilabel> dialog click <guibutton>Revert</guibutton>.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-emblems">
- <title>Adding an Emblem to a File or Folder</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-112"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>emblems</primary>
- <secondary>adding to file</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>emblems</primary>
- <secondary>adding to folder</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To add an emblem to an item perform the following
-steps: </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the item to which you want to add an emblem.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Right-click on the item, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <link linkend="nautilus-properties">properties window</link> for the item is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the emblem to add to the item.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the properties
-dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>In browser windows you may also add emblems to items by dragging them from the emblem side pane.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-471">
- <title>Creating a New Emblem</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>emblems</primary>
- <secondary>adding new</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To Create a new emblem, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Emblem</guibutton> button, then click
-on the <guibutton>Add a New Emblem</guibutton> button. A <guilabel>Create
-a New Emblem</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Type a name for the emblem in the <guilabel>Keyword</guilabel>
-text box.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guilabel>Image</guilabel> button. A dialog is
-displayed, click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton>. When you choose an emblem,
-click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> on the <guilabel>Create a
-New Emblem</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems">
- <title>Changing Backgrounds</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-50"/>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-63"/>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-64"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>changing backgrounds</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>backgrounds</primary>
- <secondary>changing screen component</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The file manager includes background patterns and emblems that you can
- use to change the appearance of your folders. Background patterns and emblems
- can also be used on the desktop, on folders and certain side panes in the file
- browser, and on panels.</para>
- <para>To change the background of a window, pane, or panel, perform the following
- steps: </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Backgrounds and Emblems</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- in any file manager window. The <guilabel>Backgrounds and Emblems</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the <guibutton>Patterns</guibutton> button or the <guibutton>Colors</guibutton>
- button to see a list of background patterns or background colors you can use.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To change the background, drag a pattern or color to the desired window, pane, or panel.
- To reset the background, drag the <guilabel>Reset</guilabel> entry to the desired window, pane,
- or panel.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>You can set the background of all folders in the file manager by dragging a pattern
- or color with your right or middle mouse button. When you release the drag, you will see
- a popup menu with the option to set the pattern or color as the background for all folders.</para>
-
- <para>You can add a new pattern to the list by clicking the <guibutton>Add a New Pattern</guibutton>
- button when the patterns are selected. Locate an image file in the file chooser dialog and click
- <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. The image file will appear in the list of patterns you can use.</para>
-
- <para>You can add a new color to the list by clicking the <guibutton>Add a New Color</guibutton>
- button when the colors are selected. Select a color in the color chooser dialog and click
- <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The color will appear in the list of colors you can use.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <!-- ====================================================== Removable media -->
- <sect1 id="gosnautilus-460">
- <title>Using Removable Media</title>
- <!-- compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-469"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>removable media</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- The file manager can initiate various actions when removable media appear,
- such as mounting it, opening a file manager window showing its contents,
- or running a suitable application that can handle it (for example a music
- player for an audio CD). See <xref linkend="gosnautilus-61"/> for how to
- configure these actions for different media formats.
- </para>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-462">
- <title>To Mount Media</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>removable media</primary>
- <secondary>mounting</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To <firstterm>mount</firstterm> media is to make the file
-system of the media available for access. When you mount media, the file system
-of the media is attached as a subdirectory to your file system.</para>
- <para>To mount media, insert the media in the appropriate device. An icon
-that represents the media is added to the desktop. The icon is added only
-if your system is configured to mount the device automatically when media
-is detected. </para>
- <para>If your system is not configured to mount the device automatically,
-you must mount the device manually. Double-click on the <guilabel>Computer</guilabel> icon from the desktop. A <guilabel>Computer </guilabel> dialog
-is displayed. Double-click on the icon that represents the media. For example,
-to mount a floppy diskette, double-click on the <guilabel>Floppy</guilabel>
-icon. An icon that represents the media is added to the desktop. </para>
- <note>
- <para>You cannot change the name of a removable media icon.</para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-461">
- <title>To Display Media Contents</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>removable media</primary>
- <secondary>displaying media contents</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can display media contents in any of the
-following ways: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Double-click on the icon that represents the media on the
-desktop. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Right-click on the icon that represents the media on the
-desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>A file manager window displays the contents of the media. To reload
-the display, click on the <guibutton>Reload</guibutton> button.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-463">
- <title>To Display Media Properties</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>removable media</primary>
- <secondary>displaying media properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To display the properties of removable media,
-right-click on the icon that represents the media on the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. A dialog displays the properties of the media.</para>
- <para>To close the properties dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-464">
- <title>To Eject Media</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>removable media</primary>
- <secondary>ejecting</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To eject media, right-click on the media icon on the desktop,
-then choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. If the drive for the media is
-a motorized drive, the media is ejected from the drive. If the drive for the
-media is not motorized, wait until the desktop icon for the media disappears,
-then eject the media manually.</para>
- <para>You cannot eject media from a motorized drive when the media is mounted.
-To eject media, first unmount the media. For example, to remove a USB flash drive, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Close all file manager windows, <application>Terminal</application>
-windows, and any other windows that access the USB drive. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Right-click on the icon that represents the drive on
-the desktop, then choose <guimenuitem>Eject</guimenuitem>. The desktop icon
-for the drive disappears.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Remove the USB flash drive.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <caution>
- <para>You must unmount removable media before ejecting. Do not remove a USB flash drive before you unmount the flash drive. If you do not unmount the media first you might lose data.</para>
- </caution>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="nautilus-cdwriter">
- <title>Writing CDs or DVDs</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-475"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>writing CDs</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>CDs, writing</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>writing CDs</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>burning CDs</primary>
- <see>writing CDs</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Writing to a CD or DVD may be useful for backing up your important documents. To do this, your computer must have a CD or DVD writer.
- </para>
- <tip><para>A simple way to check what sort of CD or DVD drive your computer has is to choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar. If the icon for your CD drive has terms like "CD-RW" or "DVD(+-)R" in its label, then your computer is able to write discs.</para></tip>
-
- <para>You can start choosing files to burn to a disc at any time. The file manager provides
-a special folder for files and folders that you wish to write to a CD or DVD. From there you can easily write all of the content (which you place in this special folder) to a CD or DVD.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="nautilus-cdwriter-data">
- <title>Creating Data Discs</title>
- <para>To write a CD or DVD, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenu>System Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The file manager opens the CD/DVD Creator folder.</para>
- <note><para>In a File Browser window, the <guimenuitem>CD/DVD Creator</guimenuitem> item is available in the <guimenu>Go</guimenu> menu.</para></note>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Drag the files and folders that you want to write to CD or DVD to
-the CD/DVD Creator folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Insert a writable CD or DVD into the CD/DVD writer device on your system.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press the <guibutton>Write to Disc</guibutton> button, or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Write to CD/DVD</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel>
-dialog to specify how you want to write the CD, as follows:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Write disc to</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select the device to which you want to write the
-CD from the drop-down list. To create an CD image file, select the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option. A CD image file is a normal file that contains all of the data in the same format as a CD, that you can write to a CD later.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Disc name</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Type a name for the CD in the text box.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Data size</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Shows the size of the data to be written to disc.
-The blank disk must be at least this size.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Write speed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select the speed at which you want to write the
-CD from the drop-down list.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Write</guibutton> button. </para>
- <para>If you selected the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option from the <guilabel>Target to write to</guilabel> drop-down list, a <guilabel>Choose a filename
-for the disc image</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Use the dialog to specify
-the location where you want to save the disc image file. By default, disc image
-files have a <filename>.iso</filename> file extension.</para>
- <para>A <guilabel>Writing disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed. This process takes some time. When the disc is
-written or when the disc image file is created, a message to indicate that the
-process is complete is displayed in the dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <tip><para>You can set the CD/DVD Creator folder to open automatically when you instert a blank disc. See <xref linkend="gosnautilus-61"/>.</para></tip>
- <note><para>The filesystem written to the CD will be readable with long filenames on all recent operating systems. Both the Joliet and the Rock Ridge CD-ROM filesystem extensions are used.</para></note>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-cdwriter-copy">
- <title>Copying CDs or DVDs</title>
- <para>You can create a copy of a CD or DVD, either to another disc or to an image file stored on your computer. To create a copy, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Insert the disc you want to copy.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel menubar.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Right-click on the CD icon, and choose <guimenuitem>Copy Disc</guimenuitem>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>If you have only one drive with write capabilities, the process will first create a disc image file on your computer. It will then eject the original disk, and ask you to change it for a blank disk on which to write the copy.</para>
- <tip><para>If you want to create more than one copy, choose the Image File option on the <guilabel>Write to Disc</guilabel> and then write the disc image: see <xref linkend="nautilus-cdwriter-writeimage"/>.</para></tip>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-cdwriter-writeimage">
- <title>Creating a Disc from an Image File</title>
- <para>You can write a disc image to a CD or DVD. For example, you may have downloaded a disc image from the internet, or previously created one yourself. Disc images usually have a <filename>.iso</filename> file extension and are sometimes called iso files.</para>
- <para>To write a disc image, right-click on the disc image file, then choose <guimenuitem>Write to Disc</guimenuitem> from the popup menu.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="gosnautilus-515">
- <title>Navigating Remote Servers</title>
- <para>The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager provides an integrated
-access point to your files, applications, FTP sites, Windows shares, WebDav servers and SSH servers.</para>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-server-connect">
- <title>To Access a remote server</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-37"/>
- <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
- <!-- To Add a Network Server -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-466"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>FTP sites</primary>
- <secondary>accessing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>FTP sites</secondary>
- <see>FTP sites</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can use the file manager to access
-a remote server, be it an FTP site, a Windows share, a WebDav server or an SSH server.</para>
-<para>To access a remote server, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-You may also access this dialog from the menubar by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Connect to Server</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
-<para>To connect to a remote server, start by choosing the service type, then enter the server address.</para>
-<para>If required by your server, you may provide the following optional information : </para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="27.27*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="72.73*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Port</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Port to connect to on the server. This should only be used if it is necessary to
-change the default port, you would normally leave this blank.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Folder to open upon connecting to server.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>User Name</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>The user name of the account used to connect to the server.
-This should be supplied with the connection information if needed.
-The user name information is not appropriate for a public FTP connection.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Name to use for connection</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>The designation of the connection as it will appear in the file manager.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Share</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Name of desired windows share. This is only applicable to Windows shares.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Domain name</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Windows domain. This is only applicable to Windows shares.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-<para>If the server information is provided in the form of a URI, or you require a specialized connection, choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Custom Location</guimenuitem></menuchoice> as the service type.</para>
-<para>Once you have filled in the information, click on
-the <guibutton>Connect</guibutton> button. When the connection succeeds, the contents of the site are displayed and you may drag and drop files to and from the remote server.</para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-accessnetwork">
- <title>To Access Network Places</title>
- <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
- <!-- To Add a Network Server -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-508"/>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-509"/>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-465"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>network places</primary>
- <secondary>accessing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>network places</secondary>
- <see>network places</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>If your system is configured
-to access places on a network, you can use the file manager to access the
-network places. </para>
- <para>To access network places, open the file manager and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Places</guimenu><guimenuitem>Network Servers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. A window opens that displays the network places that you
-can access. Double-click on the network that you want to access. </para>
- <para><indexterm><primary>NFS servers</primary><see>Unix network</see></indexterm>To
-access UNIX shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Unix Network (NFS) </guilabel>
-object. A list of the UNIX shares available to you is displayed in the file
-manager window.</para>
- <para><indexterm><primary>Samba servers</primary><see>Windows network</see></indexterm>To access Windows shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Windows
-Network (SMB) </guilabel> object. A list of the Windows shares available to
-you is displayed in the file manager window.</para>
- </sect2>
- <!-- special URIs by and large obsolete or at least arcane -->
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-467">
- <title>Accessing Special URI Locations</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>special URI locations</primary>
- <secondary>accessing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>special URI
-locations</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>URI, special</primary>
- <see>special URI locations</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Nautilus has certain special URI locations that enable you to access particular functions from the file manager.</para>
- <para>These are intended for advanced users: in most cases, an easier method of accessing the function or location exists.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-479"/> lists the special URI locations that you can
-use with the file manager.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-479">
- <title>Special URI Locations</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33.94*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="66.06*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>URI Location</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>burn:///</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>This is a special location where you can copy files and folders that you want to write
-to a CD. From here you can write the contents of the location to a CD easily. See also <xref linkend="nautilus-cdwriter"/>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>network:///</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Displays network locations to
-which you can connect, if your system is configured to access locations on
-a network. To access a network location, double-click on the network location.
-You can also use this URI to add network locations to your system. See also <xref linkend="nautilus-accessnetwork"/>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
-
- <!-- ============================================== prefs -->
- <sect1 id="nautilus-preferences">
-
- <title>Nautilus Preferences</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-15"/>
- <anchor id="gosnautilus-17"/>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.16 -->
- <anchor id="prefs-filemanager"/>
- <anchor id="goscustdesk-84"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>customizing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>preferences</secondary>
- <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preferences,
-file manager</primary>
- <see>file manager preferences</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog to customize the file manager to suit your requirements
-and preferences.</para>
- <para>To display the <guilabel>File Management Preferences</guilabel> dialog, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You can also access this dialog directly from the top panel Menubar
-by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>File Management</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>You can set preferences in the following categories: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The default settings for views.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The behavior of files and folders, executable text files,
-and Trash.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The information that is displayed in icon captions and the date format.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The columns that appear in the list view and their order.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Preview options to improve the performance of the file manager.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>How removable media and connected devices are handled.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-438">
- <title>Views Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>preferences</secondary>
- <tertiary>views</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can specify a default view,
-and select sort options and display options. You can also specify default
-settings for icon views and list views.</para>
- <para>To specify your default view settings,
-choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tab to
-display the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-30"/> lists the views preferences that
-you can modify. </para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-30">
- <title>Views Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>View new folders using</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select the default view for folders. When you open
-a folder, the folder is displayed in the view that you select. This can be the icon view, the list view, or the compact view, which is a variant of the icon view that is organized in columns rather than rows..</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Arrange items</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select the characteristic by which you want to sort
-the items in folders that are displayed in this view.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select this option to list folders before
-files when you sort a folder.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show hidden and
-backup files</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select this option to display files that are normally not shown in folders. For more on hidden files, see <xref linkend="nautilus-hidden-files"/>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Default zoom level</guilabel> in the Icon View, Compact View, or List View sections
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Select the default zoom level for folders that are displayed
-in this view. The zoom level specifies the size of items in a view.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Use compact layout</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Select
-this option to arrange the items in icon view so that the items in the folder
-are closer to each other.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select this option to place the icon captions
-for items beside the icon rather than under the icon.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>All columns have the same width</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select this option to make all columns in a compact view have the same width.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show only folders</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select this option to display only folders in the <guilabel>Tree</guilabel> in the side pane.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-56">
- <title>Behavior Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>preferences</secondary>
- <tertiary>behavior</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To set your preferences for
-files and folders, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel>
-tab to display the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tabbed section. You can set the following preferences:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Single click to open items</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to perform the default action
- for an item when you click on the item. When this option is selected, and
- you point to an item, the title of the item is underlined. </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Double click to open items</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to perform the default action for an item when you double-click
- on the item.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to use <application>Nautilus</application> in browser mode
- rather than spatial mode. Selecting this lets you browse your files and folders in the same window, otherwise you will navigate your files and folders as objects.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Run executable text files when they are opened</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to run an text executable file when you choose
- the file. An executable text file is a text file that can execute, that
- is, a shell script.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>View executable text files when they are opened</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to display the contents of an executable text file when you
- choose the executable text file.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Ask each time</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select
- this option to display a dialog when you choose an executable text file. The dialog
- asks whether you want to execute the file or display the file. </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to display a confirmation message before <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> is emptied, or files are deleted. Leave this selected unless you have good reason not to.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select this option to add a <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item to
- the following menus:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The popup menu that is displayed when you right-click on a
- file, folder, or desktop object. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>When you select an item then choose the <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> menu item, the item is deleted from your file system
- immediately. There is no way to recover a deleted file. Do not select this unless you have good reason to.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-439">
- <title>Display Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>icons</secondary>
- <tertiary>caption preferences</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>preferences</secondary>
- <tertiary>icon captions</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>An icon caption displays the name of a file or folder in
-an icon view. The icon caption also includes three additional items of information
-on the file or folder. The additional information is displayed after the file
-name. Normally only one item of information is visible, but when you zoom
-in on an icon, more of the information is displayed. You can modify what additional
-information is displayed in icon captions. </para>
- <para>To set your preferences for icon captions, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-Click on the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>Display</guilabel> tabbed section. </para>
- <para>Select the items of information that you want to display in the icon
-caption from the three drop-down lists. Select the first item from the first
-drop-down list, select the second item from the second drop-down list, and
-so on. The following table describes the items of information that you can
-select:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Information</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the size of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the description of the MIME type of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Date Modified</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose
-this option to display the last modification date of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Date Accessed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose
-this option to display the date that the item was last accessed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Owner</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the owner of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Group</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the group to which the item belongs.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para><indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose
-this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three
-characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Octal Permissions</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para><indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this option to display the permissions of the item in octal
-notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>MIME Type</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the MIME type of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>None</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-no information for the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- <para>
- The date <guilabel>Format</guilabel> option lets you choose how the date is displayed throughout Nautilus.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-490">
- <title>List Columns Preferences</title>
- <para>You can specify what information is displayed in list view in file manager
-windows. You can specify which columns are displayed in list view, and the
-order in which the columns are displayed.</para>
- <para>To set your preferences for list columns, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-Click on the <guilabel>List Columns</guilabel> tab to display the <guilabel>List Columns</guilabel> tabbed section. </para>
- <para>To specify a column to display in list view, select the option that
-corresponds to the column, then click on the <guibutton>Show</guibutton> button.
-To remove a column from the list view, select the option that corresponds
-to the column, then click on the <guibutton>Hide</guibutton> button.</para>
- <para>Use the <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton> and <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton>
-buttons to specify the position of columns in list view.</para>
- <para>To use the default columns and column positions, click on the <guibutton>Use Default</guibutton> button. </para>
- <para>The following table describes the columns that you can display:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Information</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Name</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Choose this option to display the name of
-the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the size of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the description of the MIME type of the item from the <application>File Types
-and Programs</application> preference tool.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Date Modified</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose
-this option to display the last modification date of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Date Accessed</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose
-this option to display the date that the item was last accessed.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Group</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Choose this option to display the group to
-which the item belongs.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>MIME type</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Choose this option to display the MIME type
-of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Octal Permissions</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para><indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this
-option to display the permissions of the item in octal notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Owner</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Choose this option to display
-the owner of the item.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para><indexterm><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose
-this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three
-characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-60">
- <title>Preview Preferences</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>preferences</secondary>
- <tertiary>preview</tertiary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The file manager include some
-file preview features. The preview features can affect the speed with which
-the file manager responds to your requests. You can modify the behavior of
-some of these features to improve the speed of the file manager. For each
-preview preference, you can select one of the options described in the following
-table:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Option</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Always</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Performs the action for both local files, and files
-on other file systems.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Local Files Only</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Performs the action for local files only.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Never</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Never performs the action. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- <para>To set your preview preferences, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Click on the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel> tab dialog to display the <guilabel>Preview</guilabel>
-tabbed section. </para>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-41"/> lists the preview preferences that
-you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-41">
- <title>Preview Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show text in icons</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select an option to specify when to preview the
-content of text files in the icon that represents the file. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Select
-an option to specify when to show thumbnails of image files. The file manager
-stores the thumbnail files for each folder in a <filename>.thumbnails</filename>
-directory in the user's Home Folder.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Only for files smaller than</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Specify the maximum
-file size for files for which the file manager creates a thumbnail.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Preview sound
-files</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Select an option to specify when to preview sound files. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Count number of items</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select an option to specify when to show the
-number of items in folders. When in icon view, you might
-need to increase your zoom level to see the number of items in each folder.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-61">
- <title>Media Preferences</title>
- <para>
- You can configure how <application>Nautilus</application> handles
- removable media and devices that are connected to the computer, such
- as music players or cameras. For each media format or device
- type, <application>Nautilus</application> offers to run one of the
- applications that are known to support this format, as well as
- the following options:
- </para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Option</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Ask what to do</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Make <application>Nautilus</application> ask for the desired
- action when the media or device appears.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Do Nothing</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Do nothing.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Open Folder</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Treat the media or device like an ordinary folder and open
- it in a <application>Nautilus</application> window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Open with other Application</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select an application to run with the <application>Nautilus</application> application chooser dialog. Note that applications known to handle
- the media or device can be chosen directly from the drop-down list.
-
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- <para>The most common media formats can be configured in the <guilabel>Media Handling</guilabel> section: audio CDs, video DVDs, music players, cameras, and software cds.</para>
- <para>To configure the handling for other media formats, first select the format in the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down list, then select the desired handling for this format in the <guilabel>Action</guilabel> drop-down list.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="gosnautilus-TBL-43"/> lists other media handling preferences that
-you can modify.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosnautilus-TBL-43">
- <title>Preview Preferences</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- Select this option to prevent <application>Nautilus</application> from showing dialogs or running programs when media or devices appear. When this option is selected, the preferences for the handling of specific media formats are ignored.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Browse media when inserted</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- When this option is selected, <application>Nautilus</application>
- will automatically open a folder when media is inserted. This
- only applies for media formats for which the handling has not been explicitly configured.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="gosnautilus-440">
- <title>Extending Nautilus</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>file manager</primary>
- <secondary>running scripts</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>scripts, running from file manager</primary>
- </indexterm>
-<para>Nautilus can be extended in two main ways. Through <application>Nautilus</application> extensions, and through scripts. This section explains the difference between the two and how to install.</para>
- <sect2 id="gosnautilus-444">
- <title>Nautilus Scripts</title>
- <para>Nautilus can run scripts. Scripts are typically simpler in operation than full <application>Nautilus</application> extensions and can be written in any scripted language capable of being executed on your computer. To run a script choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose the script that you want to run from the submenu.</para>
- <para>To run a script on a particular file, select the file in the view pane.
-Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Scripts</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose the script that you want to run on the file from
-the submenu. You can also select multiple files to run your scripts on.</para>
- <para>You may also access scripts from the <!-- TODO link --> context menu.</para>
- <note>
- <para>If you do not have any scripts installed, the script menu will not appear.</para>
- </note>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-install-scripts">
- <title>Installing File Manager Scripts</title>
- <para>The file manager includes a special folder where you can
-store your scripts. All executable files in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu. The script folder
-is located at $HOME/.gnome2/nautilus-scripts.</para>
- <para>To install a script, simply copy the script to the script folder and give it the user executable permission.</para>
- <para>To view the contents of your scripts folder, if you already have scripts installed, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Scripts</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Open Scripts Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
-You will have to navigate to the scripts folder with the file manager if you do not yet have any scripts. You may need to show hidden files for this, use <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
-<para>A good source to download <application>Nautilus</application> scripts is from the <ulink url="http://g-scripts.sourceforge.net"><citetitle>G-Scripts website</citetitle></ulink>.</para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosnautilus-write-scripts">
- <title>Writing File Manager Scripts</title>
- <para>When executed from a local folder, scripts will be passed the selected file names. When
-executed from a remote folder (e.g. a folder showing web or ftp content), scripts will be passed no parameters.</para>
- <para>The following table shows variables passed to the script :</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Environment variable</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>newline-delimited paths for selected files (only if local)</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>newline-delimited URIs for selected files</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>URI for current location</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>NAUTILUS_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>position and size of current window</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="nautilus-extensions">
- <title>Nautilus Extensions</title>
- <para><application>Nautilus</application> extensions are far more powerful than <application>Nautilus</application> scripts, allowing more freedom where and how they extend <application>Nautilus</application>. <application>Nautilus</application> extensions are typically installed by your system administrator.</para>
-<para>Some popular <application>Nautilus</application> extensions include:
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>nautilus-actions</para>
- <para>This extension allows you to easily assign actions based on file type</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>nautilus-send-to</para>
- <para>This extension provides a simple way to send a file or folder to another using email, instant messaging, or Bluetooth.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>nautilus-open-terminal.</para>
- <para>This extension provides an easy way to open a terminal at the selected starting location.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-</para>
-<note>
- <para>If you are looking for the <guilabel>Open Terminal</guilabel> command which used to exist in the <application>Nautilus</application> right click menu by default then you should install the <application>nautilus-open-terminal</application> extension.</para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosoverview.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosoverview.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 35eb642..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosoverview.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,565 +0,0 @@
-<!-- -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- -->
-<chapter id="overview">
-<title>Desktop Overview</title>
-
-<!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
-<anchor id="gosoverview-1"/>
-
-<!-- MOVE THESE ANCHORS -->
-<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More -->
-<anchor id="gosoverview-12"/>
-<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About GNOME Desktop Topics -->
-<anchor id="gosoverview-31"/>
-<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About Applets -->
-<anchor id="gosgetstarted-33"/>
-<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About Applications -->
-<anchor id="gosgetstarted-35"/>
-
-
-<highlights>
- <para>This chapter introduces you to some of the very basic components of the desktop. These components include <glossterm>Windows</glossterm>, <glossterm>Workspaces</glossterm>, and <glossterm>Applications</glossterm>. Almost all the work (or play) that you do in GNOME will involve these very basic components.</para>
-
- <note>
- <para>This chapter describes the default configuration of GNOME.
- Your vendor or system administrator may have configured your
- desktop to look different than what is described here.</para>
- </note>
-</highlights>
-
-<section id="overview-intro">
- <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-5"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>GNOME Desktop components, introducing</primary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>When you start a desktop session for the first time,
- you should see a default startup screen, with panels, windows,
- and various icons.</para>
-
- <para>The major components of the GNOME Desktop are as follows:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Desktop</term>
- <listitem><para>The desktop itself is behind all of the other components on the
- desktop. You can place objects on the desktop to access your files and
- directories quickly, or to start applications that you use often. See
- <xref linkend="overview-desktop"/> for more information.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Panels</term>
- <listitem><para>The <firstterm>panels</firstterm> are the two bars that run along the top and bottom of the screen. By default, the top panel shows you the GNOME main menu bar, the date and time, and a set of application launcher icons, and the bottom panel shows you the list of open windows and the workspace switcher.</para>
- <para>Panels can be customized to contain a variety of tools, such as other menus and launchers, and small utility applications, called
- <firstterm>panel applets</firstterm>. For example, you can configure
- your panel to display the current weather for your location. For more
- information on panels, see <xref linkend="panels"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Windows</term>
- <listitem><para>Most applications run inside of one or more windows.
- You can display multiple windows on your desktop at the same time.
- Windows can be resized and moved around to accommodate your workflow.
- Each window has a <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> at the top with
- buttons which allow you to minimize, maximize, and close the window.
- For more information on working with windows, see
- <xref linkend="overview-windows"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Workspaces</term>
- <listitem><para>You can subdivide your desktop into separate
- <firstterm>workspaces</firstterm>. Each workspace can contain
- several windows, allowing you to group related tasks together.
- For more information on working with workspaces, see
- <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>File Manager</term>
- <listitem><para>The <application>Nautilus</application> file manager
- provides access to your files, folders, and applications. You can
- manage the contents of folders in the file manager and open the files
- in the appropriate applications. See <xref linkend="nautilus"/> for
- more information.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Control Center</term>
- <listitem><para>You can customize your computer using the
- <application>Control Center</application>, which can be found in the
- <guimenu>System</guimenu> menu on the top panel menubar.
- Each preference tool in the Control Center allows you to change
- a particular part of the behavior of your computer. See
- <xref linkend="prefs"/> for more information on the
- Control Center.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>Your vendor or system administrator can make configuration changes to
- suit your needs, so your desktop might not match exactly what is described
- in this manual. Nevertheless, this manual provides a useful introduction
- to using the various components of your desktop.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="overview-desktop">
- <title>The Desktop</title>
- <anchor id="nautilus-desktop"/>
-
- <para>The desktop lies behind all other components on your screen. When no windows are visible, the desktop is that part of the screen between the top and bottom panels. You can place files and folders on the desktop that you want to have easy access to.</para>
- <para>The desktop also has several special objects on it:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>The <interface>Computer</interface> icon gives you access to CDs, removable media such as floppy disks, and also the entire filesystem (also known as the root filesystem). By default, you do not have the security permissions to read other users' files or edit system files, but you may need to do so something such as configure a web server on the computer.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Your Home Folder, labelled <interface><replaceable>username</replaceable>'s Home</interface><!-- translators, change this example as required for your locale -->, where all of your personal files are kept. You can also open this folder from the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The <interface>Trash</interface> is a special folder in which to place files and folders you no longer need. For more on this, see <xref linkend="nautilus-trash"/>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you insert a CD, a flash drive, or other removable media, or a device containing files such as a music player or a digital camera, an icon representing this device will appear on the desktop.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>As you work with your computer, the desktop becomes obscured by the windows you are working with. To quickly reveal the desktop by minimizing all windows, you can do one of the following:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button at the far left of the <link linkend="bottom-panel">bottom panel</link>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Either action will also restore your windows to their previous state. Alternatively, you can switch to another workspace to see the desktop.</para>
-
- <para>You can change the colour of the desktop background or the image displayed there. For more on this, see <xref linkend="prefs-desktopbackground"/>.</para>
-
- <note><para>The files and folders you put on the desktop are stored in a special folder within your Home Folder, called <filename>Desktop</filename>. Like any other folder, you can put files and other folders directly into it. The only difference is that anything placed into the Desktop folder will then show up on desktop itself.</para></note>
-
-</section>
-
-<section id="overview-windows">
- <title>Windows</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-18"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>windows</primary>
- <secondary>overview</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>A <firstterm>window</firstterm> is a rectangular area of the screen, usually with a border all around and a title bar at the top. You can think of a window as a screen within the screen. Each window displays an application, allowing you to have more than one application visible, and work on more than one task at a time. You can also think of windows as pieces of paper on your desktop: they can overlap, or be side by side, for example.</para>
-
- <para>You can control a window's position of the screen, as well as its size. You can control which windows overlap other windows, so the one you want to work with is completely visible. For more about moving and resizing windows, see <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/>.</para>
-
- <para>Each window is not necessarily a different application. An application usually has one main window, and may open additional windows at the request of the user.</para>
-
- <para>The rest of this section describes the different types of windows and how you
- can interact with them.</para>
-
- <section id="windows-types">
- <title>Types of Windows</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-16"/>
-
- <para>There are two main types of window:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Application windows</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Application windows allow all the minimize,
- maximize and close operations through the buttons on the titlebar.
- When opening an application you will usually see a
- window of this type appear.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Dialog windows</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Dialog windows appear at the request of an application window. A dialog window may alert you to a problem, ask for confirmation of an action, or request input from you.</para>
-
- <para>For example, if you tell an application to save a document, a dialog will ask you where you want to save the new file. If you tell an application to quit while it is still busy, it may ask you to confirm that you want it to abandon work in progress.</para>
-
- <para>Some dialogs do not allow you to interact with the main application window until you have closed them: these are called <firstterm>modal</firstterm> dialogs. Others can be left open while you work with the main application window: these are called <firstterm>transient</firstterm> dialogs.</para>
-
- <tip><para>You can select the text in a dialog with the mouse. This allows you to copy it to the clipboard (by right-clicking the text and selecting <guilabel>Copy</guilabel>), and paste it into another application. This is useful if you wish to quote the text you see in a dialog when requesting support on the Internet.</para></tip>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="windows-manipulating">
-
- <title>Manipulating Windows</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-32"/>
-
- <para>You can change the size and position of windows on the screen. This allows you to see more than one application and do different tasks at the same time. For example, you might want to read text on a web page while writing with a word processor, or to change to another application to do a different task or check its progress.</para>
-
- <para>You can <firstterm>minimize</firstterm> a window if you are not currently interested in seeing it. This hides it from view. You can <firstterm>maximise</firstterm> a window to fill the whole screen so you can give it your full attention.</para>
-
- <para><anchor id="gosoverview-FIG-33"/>Most of these actions are carried out by using the mouse on different parts of the the window's frame (see <xref linkend="mouse-actions"/> for a recap of using the mouse). The top edge of the window frame, called the <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> because it also displays the title of the window, contains several buttons that change the way the window is displayed.</para>
- <para><xref linkend="fig-titlebar-anno-window"/> shows the titlebar for a typical application window. From left to right, this contains the Window Menu button, the window title, the minimize button, the maximize button, and the close button.</para>
-
- <figure id="fig-titlebar-anno-window">
- <title>Titlebar for a Typical Application Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/titlebar_window.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Titlebar of application window frame.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>All actions can also be carried out from the Window Menu. To open this, click on the Window Menu button at the left-hand edge of the titlebar. Common actions can also be carried out with keyboard shortcuts: see <xref linkend="shortcuts-window"/> for a simple list of these. The following lists the actions you can carry out on a window, with the mouse or the keyboard:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Move the window</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Drag the titlebar to move the window. You can click on any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end to begin the drag action. The window will move on the screen as you drag the mouse. On less powerful computers, the movement of the window may be represented by moving an outline of its frame.</para>
-
- <para>You can also choose Move from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo>, and then either move the mouse or press the keyboard arrow keys to move the window.</para>
-
- <para>You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and drag any part of the window.</para>
-
- <para>As you move the window, some parts of the screen will give slight resistance to movement. This is to help you align windows more easily to the edges of the desktop, the panels, and the edges of other windows.</para>
-
- <para>You can also press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> while you move the window to cause it to only move between the corners of the desktop and other windows.</para>
-
- <tip><para>If the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap> key is off, you can use the arrows on the numeric keypad, as well as the <keycap>7</keycap>, <keycap>9</keycap>, <keycap>1</keycap>, and <keycap>3</keycap> keys to move diagonally.</para></tip>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Resize the window</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Drag one of the borders to expand or contract the window on that side. Drag a corner to change two sides at once. The <link linkend="mouse-pointers">resize pointer</link> appears when your mouse is in the correct position to begin the drag action.</para>
-
- <para>You can also choose Resize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo>. The resize pointer appears. Move the mouse in the direction of the edge you want to resize, or press one of the keyboard arrows keys. The pointer changes to indicate the chosen edge. Now you can use the mouse or the arrow keys to move this edge of the window. Click the mouse or press <keycap>Return</keycap> to accept the change. Press <keycap>Escape</keycap> to cancel the resize action and return the window to its original size and shape.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Minimize the window</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the Minimize button in the titlebar, the leftmost of the group of three on the right. This removes the window from view. The window can be restored to its previous position and size on the screen from the <firstterm>window list</firstterm> on the <link linkend="gospanel-3">bottom edge panel</link> or the <firstterm>window selector</firstterm> in the top panel.</para>
-
- <para>You can also choose Minimize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap>
- </keycombo>.</para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>A minimized window is shown in the window list and the window selector
- with [ ] around its title.</para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Maximize the window</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the Maximize button in the titlebar, the middle of the group of three on the right. This expands the window so it fills the screen (the panels remain visible).</para>
- <para>You can also choose Maximize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end.</para>
-
- <tip>
- <para>If you prefer, you can assign the double-click action to <firstterm>roll up</firstterm> the window: see <xref linkend="prefs-windows"/>.</para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Unmaximize the window</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>When a window is maximized, click again on the Maximize button to restore it to its previous position and size on the screen.</para>
-
- <para>You can also choose Unmaximize from the Window Menu, press <keycombo>
- <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Close the window</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click the Close button, the rightmost of the group of three on the right. Closing the window may also close the application itself. The application will ask you to confirm closing a window that contains unsaved work.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <remark>Workspaces commands or a link to them still to go in this section, perhaps</remark>
-
- </section>
-
- <section id="windows-focus">
- <title>Giving Focus to a Window</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-20"/>
- <para>To work with an application, you need to give the <firstterm>focus</firstterm> to its window. When a window has focus, any actions such as mouse clicks, typing text, or keyboard shortcuts, are directed to the application in that window. Only one window can have focus at a time. The window that has focus will appear on top of other windows, so nothing covers any part of it. It may also have a different appearance from other windows, depending on your choice of <link linkend="prefs-theme"> theme</link>.</para>
- <para>You can give the focus to a window in any of the following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With the mouse, click on any part of the window, if the window is visible.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- On the bottom panel, click on the <guibutton>window list button</guibutton> that represents the window in the <application>Window List</application>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- On the top panel, click the <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> and choose the window you want to switch to from the list. The <guibutton>window list icon</guibutton> is at the extreme right of the panel, and its icon matches that of the current window's <guibutton>Window Menu button</guibutton>.
- </para>
- <note><para>
- If the window you choose is on a different workspace, you will be switched to that workspace. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.
- </para></note>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With the keyboard, hold the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and press the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key. A pop-up window appears with a list of icons representing each window. While still holding <keycap>Alt</keycap>, press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move the selection along the list: a black rectangle frames the selected icon and the position of the window it corresponds to is highlighted with a black border. When the window you want to see is selected, release the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key. Using <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> instead of just <keycap>Tab</keycap> cycles through the icons in reverse order.
- </para>
- <note><para>
- You can customize the shortcut used to perform this action with the <link linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts preference tool</link>.
- </para></note>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="overview-workspaces">
- <title>Workspaces</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-39"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>workspaces</primary>
- <secondary>overview</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Workspaces allow you to manage which windows are on your screen. You can imagine workspaces as being virtual screens, which you can switch between at any time. Every workspace contains the same desktop, the same panels, and the same menus. However, you can run different applications, and open different windows in each workspace. The applications in each workspace will remain there when you switch to other workspaces.</para>
-
- <para>By default, four workspaces are available. You can switch between them with the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet at the right of the <link linkend="bottom-panel">bottom panel</link>. This shows a representation of your workspaces, by default a row of four rectangles. Click on one to switch to that workspace. In <xref linkend="gosoverview-FIG-42"/>, <application>Workspace Switcher</application> contains four workspaces. The first three workspaces contain open windows. The last workspace does not contain currently open windows. The currently active workspace is highlighted.</para>
-
- <figure id="gosoverview-FIG-42">
- <title>Workspaces Displayed in Workspace Switcher</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Workspace Switcher. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>Each workspace can have any number of applications open in it. The number of workspaces can be customized: see <xref linkend="workspace-add"/>.</para>
-
- <tip><para>Workspaces enable you to organize the GNOME Desktop when you run many
-applications at the same time. One way to use workspaces is to allocate a specific function to each workspace: one for email, one for web browsing, one for graphic design, etc. However, everyone has their own preference and you are in no way restricted to only using workspaces like this.</para></tip>
-
- <section id="gosoverview-41">
- <title>Switching Between Workspaces</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>workspaces</primary>
- <secondary>switching between</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can switch between workspaces in any of the following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>In the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet in the bottom panel, click on the workspace where you want to work.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Move the mouse pointer over the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet in the bottom panel, and scroll the mouse wheel.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>right arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the right of the current
-workspace.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch to the workspace on the left of the current
-workspace.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <note><para>The arrow shortcut keys work according to how your workspaces are set out in the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet. If you change your panel so workspaces are displayed vertically instead of horizontally, use <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo> and <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo> to switch workspaces.</para></note>
- </section>
- <section id="workspace-add">
- <title>Adding Workspaces</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-40"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>workspaces</primary>
- <secondary>specifying number of</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To add workspaces to the GNOME Desktop, right-click on the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Workspace Switcher Preferences</guilabel> dialog
-is displayed. Use the <guilabel>Number of workspaces</guilabel> spin box to
-specify the number of workspaces that you require.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="overview-applications">
- <title>Applications</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-54"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>applications</primary>
- <secondary>overview</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>An <firstterm>application</firstterm> is a type of computer program that allows you to perform a particular task. You might use applications to create text documents such as letters or reports; to work with spreadsheets; to listen to your favorite music; to navigate the Internet; or to create, edit, or view images and videos. For each of these tasks, you would use a different application.</para>
-
- <para>To launch an application, open the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu and choose the application you want from the submenus. For more on this, see <xref linkend="applications-menu"/>.</para>
-
- <para>The applications that are part of GNOME include the following:</para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gedit"><application>Gedit Text Editor</application></ulink> can read, create, or modify any kind of simple text without any formatting.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-dictionary"><application>Dictionary</application></ulink> allows you to look up definitions of a word. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:eog"><application>Image Viewer</application></ulink> can display single image files, as well as large image collections.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gcalctool"><application>Calculator</application></ulink> performs basic, financial, and scientific calculations.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gucharmap"><application>Character Map</application></ulink> lets you choose letters and symbols from the <firstterm>Unicode</firstterm> character set and paste them into any application. If you are writing in several languages, not all of the characters you need will be on your keyboard.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><link linkend="nautilus"><application>Nautilus File Manager</application></link> displays your folders and their contents. Use this to copy, move and classify your files, and to access CDs, USB flash drives, and any other removable media. When you choose an item from the <link linkend="places-menu"><guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu</link>, a <application>Nautilus File Manager</application> window opens showing that location.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-terminal"><application>Terminal</application></ulink> gives you access to the system command line.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>Further standard GNOME applications include games, music and video players, a web browser, software accessibility tools, and utilities to manage your system. Your distributor or vendor may have added other applications, such as a word processor and a graphics editor. They may also provide you with a way to install further applications.</para>
-
- <para>All GNOME applications have many features in common, which makes it easier to learn how to work with a new GNOME application. The rest of this section describes some of these features.</para>
-
- <section id="overview-lookandfeel">
- <title>Common Features</title>
-
- <para>The applications that are provided with the GNOME Desktop
- share many common features, such as similar open and save dialogs and similar-looking icons. This is because they have all been developed using the GNOME development platform. An application developed using this platform is called a <firstterm>GNOME-compliant application</firstterm>. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> and the <application>gedit</application> text editor are GNOME-compliant applications.</para>
- <para>Some of the features of GNOME-compliant applications are as follows:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Consistent look-and-feel</para>
- <para>GNOME-compliant applications have a consistent look-and-feel. You can use the <link linkend="prefs-theme"><application>Appearance</application> preference tool</link> to change the look-and-feel of your GNOME-compliant applications.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Menubars, toolbars, and statusbars</para>
- <para>Most GNOME-compliant applications have a menubar, a toolbar, and a statusbar.
- The menubars usually have a similar structure; for example, the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu always
- contains an <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menu item.</para>
- <para>A <firstterm>toolbar</firstterm> is a bar that appears under the menubar.
- A toolbar contains buttons for the most commonly-used commands. A <firstterm>statusbar</firstterm> is a bar at the bottom of a window that provides information about the current state of what you are viewing in the window. Applications might also contains other bars. For example, <application>Nautilus</application> contains a location bar.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Default shortcut keys</para>
- <para>GNOME-compliant applications use the same shortcut keys to perform the
- same actions. See <xref linkend="keyboard-skills"/> for a list of common shortcut keys.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Drag-and-drop</para>
- <para>When you drag-and-drop something into a GNOME-compliant application,
- it will recognize the format of the items that you dragged and will handle
- them in an appropriate manner. For example, when you drag a HTML file
- from a <application>Nautilus</application> window to a web browser, the file
- is displayed in HTML format in the browser. However, when you drag the HTML
- file to a text editor, the file is displayed in plain text format in the text
- editor. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- <section id="overview-files">
- <title>Working With Files</title>
- <para>The work you do with an application is stored in <firstterm>files</firstterm>. These may be on your computer's hard drive, or on a removable device such as a USB flash drive. You <firstterm>open</firstterm> a file to examine it or work on it, and you <firstterm>save</firstterm> a file to store your work. When you are done working with a file, you <firstterm>close</firstterm> it.</para>
- <para>All GNOME applications use the same dialogs for opening and saving files, presenting you with a consistent interface. The following sections cover the open and the save dialog in detail.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="filechooser-open">
- <title>Choosing a File to Open</title>
- <para>The <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog allows you to choose a file to open in an application.</para>
- <para>The right-hand pane of the dialog lists files and folders in the current location. You can use the mouse or the arrow keys on your keyboard to select a file.</para>
- <para>Once a file is selected in the list, perform one of the following actions to open it:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Press <keycap>Spacebar</keycap>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Double-click the file.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>If you open a folder or a location instead of a file, the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog updates to show the contents of that folder or location.</para>
-
- <para>To change the location shown in the right-hand pane, do one of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Open a folder that is listed in the current location.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Open an item in the left-hand pane. This pane lists places such as your Documents folder, your Home Folder, media such as CDs and flash drives, places on your network, and your <link linkend="nautilus-bookmarks">bookmarks</link>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Click one of the buttons in the path bar above the file listing pane. This shows the hierarchy of folders that contain your current location. Use the arrow buttons to either side of the button bar if the list of folders is too long to fit.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>The lower part of the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog may contain further options specific to the current application.</para>
-
- <section id="filechooser-open-filter">
- <title>Filtering the File List</title>
- <para>You can restrict the file list to show only files of certain types. To do this, choose a file type from the drop-down list beneath the file list pane. The list of file types depends on the application you are currently using. For example, a graphics application will list different image file formats, and a text editor will list different types of text file.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-open-find">
- <title>Find-as-you-type</title>
- <para>If you know the name of the file you want to open, begin typing it: the file list will jump to show you files whose names begin with the characters you type. Arrow keys will now select from only these files. The characters you have typed appear in a pop-up window at the base of the file list.</para>
- <para>To cancel find-as-you-type, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-open-folder">
- <title>Choosing a folder</title>
- <para>You might sometimes need to choose a folder to work with rather than open a file. For example, if you use <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:file-roller"><application>Archive Manager</application></ulink> to extract files from an archive, you need to choose a folder to place the files into. In this case, the files in the current location are greyed out, and pressing <guibutton>Open</guibutton> when a folder is selected will choose that folder.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-open-location">
- <title>Open Location</title>
- <para>You can type a full or relative path to the file you want to open. Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> or click the button at the top left of the window to show (or hide) the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field. Alternatively, begin typing a full path starting with <filename>/</filename> to show the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field.</para>
- <para>Type a path from the current location, or an absolute path beginning with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>~/</filename>. The <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field has the following features to simplify the typing of a full filename:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>A drop-down of possible file and folder names is displayed once you begin typing. Use <keycap>down arrow</keycap> and <keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap> to choose from the list.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>If the part of the name typed uniquely identifies a file or folder, the name is auto-completed. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to accept the suggested text. For example, if you type "Do", and the only object in the folder beginning with "Do" is <filename>Documents</filename>, then the entire name appears in the field.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-open-remote">
- <title>Opening Remote Locations</title>
- <para>You can open files in remote locations by choosing the location from the left panel, or by typing a path to a remote location into the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> field.</para>
- <para>If you require a password to access the remote location, you will be asked for it when you open it.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-open-bookmarks">
- <title>Adding and Removing Bookmarks</title>
- <para>To add the current location to the bookmarks list, press <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, or right-click a folder in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Add to Bookmarks</guimenuitem>. You can add any folder that is listed in the current location by dragging it to the bookmarks list.</para>
- <para>To remove a bookmark from the list, select it and press <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para>
- <note><para>Changes you make to the bookmarks list also affect the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend="nautilus-bookmarks"/>.</para></note>
- </section>
- <section id="filechooser-open-hidden">
- <title>Showing hidden files</title>
- <para>To show hidden files in the file list, right-click in the file list and choose <guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem>. For more on hidden files, see <xref linkend="nautilus-managing-hidden-files"/>.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="filechooser-save">
- <title>Saving a File</title>
- <para>The first time you save your work in an application, the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog will ask you for a location and name for the new file. When you save the file on subsequent occasions it will be updated immediately and you will not be asked to re-enter a location or name for the file. To save to a new file, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <para>You can enter a filename and choose a location to save in from the drop-down list of bookmarks and commonly-used locations.</para>
-
- <section id="filechooser-save-expanded">
- <title>Saving in another location</title>
- <para>To save the file in a location not listed in the drop-down list, click the <guilabel>Browse for other folders</guilabel> expansion label. This shows a file browser similar to the one in the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- <tip><para>The expanded <guilabel>Save File</guilabel> dialog has the same features as the <link linkend="filechooser-open"><guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog</link>, such as filtering, find-as-you-type, and adding and removing bookmarks.</para></tip>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-save-overwrite">
- <title>Replacing an existing file</title>
- <para>If you type in the name of an existing file, you will be asked whether you wish to replace the existing file with your current work. You can also do this by choosing the file you want to overwrite in the browser.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-save-path">
- <title>Typing a Path</title>
- <para>To specify a path to save a file, type it into the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. A drop-down of possible file and folder names is displayed once you begin typing. Use <keycap>down arrow</keycap> and <keycap>up arrow</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap> to choose from the list. If only one file or folder matches the partial name you have typed, press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to complete the name.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="filechooser-save-newfolder">
- <title>Creating a New Folder</title>
- <para>If you would like to create a new folder to save your file in, press the <guibutton>Create Folder</guibutton> button. Type a name for the new folder and press <keycap>Return</keycap>. You can then choose to save your file in the new folder, as you would with any other folder.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- </section>
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gospanel.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gospanel.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index dd465dd..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gospanel.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1712 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="panels">
- <title>Using the Panels</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-1"/>
-
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-502"/>
-
- <highlights>
- <para>This chapter describes how to use the panels at the top and bottom of the GNOME Desktop, how to customize the objects that appear on them, and how to add new panels to the desktop.</para>
- </highlights>
-
- <section id="panels-intro">
- <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-2"/>
-
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
-
- <para>A panel is an area in the GNOME Desktop where you have access to certain actions and information, no matter what the state of your application windows. <!-- The HIG says 'Do not use system modal windows', so panels are always available. --> For example, in the default GNOME panels, you can launch applications, see the date and time, control the system sound volume, and more.</para>
- <para>You can customize panels to your liking. You can change their behavior and appearance, and you can add or remove objects from your panels. You can create multiple panels, and choose different properties, objects, and backgrounds for each panel. You can also hide panels.</para>
- <para>By default, the GNOME Desktop contains a panel at the top edge of the screen,
-and a panel at the bottom edge of the screen. The following sections describe
-these panels.</para>
-
- <section id="top-panel">
- <title>Top Edge Panel</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-6"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>top edge panel</secondary>
- <see>top edge panel</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>top edge panel</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>By default, the top edge panel contains the following objects:</para>
- <note><para>Your distribution of GNOME may have altered this default setup.</para></note>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><application>Menu Bar</application> applet</term>
- <listitem><para>The Menu Bar contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. For more on the menu bar, see <xref linkend="menubar"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>A set of application launcher icons</term>
- <listitem><para>The exact number of icons depends on your GNOME distribution, but in general you will find at least a launcher for the <application>Web Browser</application>, an <application>Email client</application> and the <application>Help Browser</application>. Click on any launcher icon to open the corresponding application.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><application>Notification Area</application> applet</term>
- <listitem><para>Displays icons from other applications that may require your attention, or that you may want to access without switching from your current application window. For more on this, see <xref linkend="panels-notification-area"/>.</para>
- <para>Until an application adds an icon to the notification area, only a narrow bar is visible.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><application>Clock</application> applet</term>
- <listitem><para>The <application>Clock</application> shows the current
- time. Click on the time to open a small calendar. You can also view a world map by clicking the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> expansion label. For more on this, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:clock">Clock Applet Manual</ulink>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><application>Volume Control</application>
- applet</term>
- <listitem><para>The <application>Volume Control</application> enables you to control the volume of the speakers on your system. For more on this, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-volume-control">Volume Control Manual</ulink>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>top edge panel</primary>
- <secondary>window list icon</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <application>Window Selector</application> icon</term>
- <listitem><para>The <application>Window Selector</application> lists all of your
- open windows. To give focus to a window, click on the window selector icon
- at the extreme right of the top edge panel, then select the window. For more on this, see <xref linkend="windows-focus"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
- <section id="bottom-panel">
- <title>Bottom Edge Panel</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-3"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>bottom edge panel</secondary>
- <see>bottom edge panel</see>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>bottom edge panel</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>By default, the bottom edge panel contains the following objects:</para>
- <note><para>Your distribution of GNOME may have altered this default setup.</para></note>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>bottom edge panel</primary>
- <secondary>default contents</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button</term>
- <listitem><para>Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop. Click it again to restore all of the windows to their previous state.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><application>Window List</application> applet</term>
- <listitem><para>Displays a button for each window that is open. The <application>Window List</application> enables you to minimize and restore windows. For more on this, see <xref linkend="windowlist"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet</term>
- <listitem><para>Enables you to switch between your workspaces. For more on workspaces, see <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-5">
- <title>Managing Panels</title>
-
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Create Panels -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-26"/>
- <anchor id="gospanel-11"/><!-- To Interact With a Panel -->
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>managing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The following sections describe how to manage your panels.</para>
- <para>To interact with a panel, you must click on a vacant space on the panel rather than on any of the objects it holds. If the hide buttons are visible on the panel, you can also middle-click or right-click on one of them to select the panel.</para>
- <section id="gospanel-12">
- <title>Moving a Panel</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>moving</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To move a panel to another side of the screen, press and hold <keycap>ALT</keycap> and drag the panel to its new location. Click on any vacant space on the panel to begin the drag.</para>
- <para>A panel that is not set to expand to the full width of the screen can be dragged away from the edge of the screen and placed anywhere. See <xref linkend="panel-properties"/> for details on how to set a panel's expand property.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="panel-properties">
- <title>Panel Properties</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-28"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can change
-the properties of each panel, such as the position of the panel, the hide behavior,
-and the visual appearance. </para>
- <para>To modify the properties of a panel, right-click on a vacant space on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog contains two tabbed sections, <guilabel>General</guilabel> and <guilabel>Background</guilabel>.</para>
-
- <section id="panel-properties-general">
- <title>General Properties Tab</title>
- <para>In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can modify panel size, position, and hiding properties. The following table describes the
-dialog elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section: </para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="28.57*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="71.43*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Orientation</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Select the position of the panel on your screen.
-Click on the required position for the panel. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Use the spin box to specify the size of the panel.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Expand</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>By default, a panel expands to the full length of the edge of the screen where it is located. A panel that does not expand can be moved away from the screen edges to any part of the screen.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Autohide</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option if you want the panel to only be fully visible when the mouse pointer is over it. The panel hides off-screen along its longest edge, leaving a narrow part visible along the edge of the desktop. Move the mouse pointer over the visible part of the panel to make it move back into view.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show hide buttons</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to display hide buttons at each end of your
-panel. Clicking on a hide button moves the panel lenthways, hiding it off-screen except for the hide button at the opposite end. Click this hide button to restore the panel to being fully visible.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Arrows on hide buttons</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to display arrows on the hide
-buttons, if the hide button is enabled.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- </section>
- <section id="panel-properties-background">
- <title>Background Properties Tab</title>
- <para>You can choose the type of background for the panel in the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab. The choices are as follows:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colwidth="32.32*"/>
- <colspec colwidth="67.68*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>None (use system theme)</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to have the panel use the settings in the <link linkend="prefs-theme"><application>Appearance</application> preference tool</link>. This keeps your panel's background looking the same as the rest of the desktop and applications.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Solid color</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to specify a single color for
-the panel background. Click on the <guibutton>Color</guibutton> button to
-display the color selector dialog. Choose the color that you require from
-the color selector dialog. </para>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Style</guilabel>
-slider to specify the degree of transparency or opaqueness for the color.
-For example, to make the panel transparent, move the slider to the <guilabel>Transparent</guilabel> end.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Background image</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to specify an image for the panel
-background. Click on the button to browse for an image file. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
- <!-- section folded in: preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-61"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>changing background</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <!-- Shaun, why does this bit here change the vertical space between the previous
- table and the following paragraph? -->
-
- <para>You can also drag a color or image on to a panel to set the color
-or image as the background of the panel. You can drag a color or image from
-many applications. For example:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can drag a color from any color selector dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can drag an image file from the <application>Nautilus</application> file manager to set it as the background of the panel.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can drag a color or a pattern from the <link linkend="nautilus-backgrounds-and-emblems"><guilabel>Backgrounds
- and Emblems</guilabel> dialog</link> in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager to a panel to set it as the background.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Panel Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-7">
- <title>Hiding a Panel</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>hiding</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can hide or show a panel if it has hide buttons. If
-the hide buttons are not visible on a panel, modify the panel properties so
-that the hide buttons are visible. </para>
- <para>Hide buttons are at either end of a panel. The hide buttons contain
-an optional arrow icon. The following illustration shows hide buttons. </para>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/four_hide_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>A horizontal panel and a vertical panel, both with hide buttons.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>To hide a panel, click on one of the hide buttons. The panel shrinks
-in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. The hide button at the other
-end of the panel remains visible.</para>
- <para>To show a hidden panel again, click on the visible hide button. The
-panel expands in the direction of the arrow on the hide button. Both hide
-buttons are now visible.</para>
- <para>You can set a panel to autohide. When you set autohide, the panel hides
-automatically when the mouse is not pointing to the panel. The panel reappears
-when you point to the part of the screen where the panel resides. To set your
-panel to autohide, <link linkend="panel-properties">modify the properties</link> of the panel.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-10">
- <title>Adding a New Panel</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>adding new</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To add a panel, right-click on a vacant space on any panel, then choose <guimenuitem>New Panel</guimenuitem>. The new panel is added to the GNOME Desktop. The
-new panel contains no objects. You can customize the new panel to suit your
-preferences.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-31">
- <title>Deleting a Panel</title>
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Delete Panels -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-508"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>deleting</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To delete a panel from the GNOME Desktop, right-click on the panel that
-you want to delete, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Delete This Panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- <note>
- <para>You must always have at least one panel in the GNOME Desktop.
-If you have only one panel in the GNOME Desktop, you cannot delete that panel.</para>
- </note>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <!-- =============================================== managing panel objects -->
- <section id="gospanel-8">
- <title>Panel Objects</title>
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Manipulate Panel Objects -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-21"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panels</primary>
- <secondary>panel objects</secondary>
- <see>panel objects</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>This section describes the objects that
-you can add to and use from your panels.</para>
- <section id="gospanel-100">
- <title>Interacting With Panel Objects</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>interacting with</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You use the mouse buttons to interact with a panel object
-in the following ways:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Left-click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Launches the panel object.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Middle-click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enables you to grab
-an object, then drag the object to a new location.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Right-click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Opens the panel object
-popup menu.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <section id="gospanel-39">
- <title>To Select an Applet</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>applets</primary>
- <secondary>selecting</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Some restrictions apply on where you can click on an applet in order
- to display the panel object popup menu, or to move the applet, as follows: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Some applets have popup menus of applet-specific commands
- that open when you right-click on particular parts of the applet. For example,
- the <application><link linkend="windowlist">Window List</link></application> applet has a vertical handle on
- the left side, and buttons that represent your windows on the right side.
- To open the panel object popup menu for the <application>Window List</application>
- applet, you must right-click on the handle. If you right-click on a button
- on the right side, a popup menu for the button opens.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Some applets have areas that you cannot use to select the
- applet. For example, the <application>Command Line</application> applet has
- a field in which you enter commands. You cannot middle-click or right-click
- on this field to select the applet. Instead, middle-click or right-click on
- another part of the applet. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
-
-
- </section>
- <section id="panels-addobject">
- <title>Adding an Object to a Panel</title>
-
- <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-15"/>
-
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Add Objects to Panels -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-4"/>
- <anchor id="gospanel-40"/><!-- To Add an Applet to a Panel -->
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>adding</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To add an object to a panel, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Right-click on a vacant space on a panel to open the panel popup menu.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Choose <guisubmenu>Add to Panel</guisubmenu>.</para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens.The available panel objects are listed alphabetically, with <link linkend="launchers">launchers</link> at the top.</para>
- <tip><para>You can type a part of the name or description of an object in the <guilabel>find</guilabel> box. This will narrow the list to those objects that match what you type.</para>
- <para>To restore the full list, delete the text in the <guilabel>find</guilabel> box.</para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Either drag an object from the list to a panel, or select an object from the list and click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add it at the spot on the panel where you first right-clicked.
- </para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
-
- <para>You can also add any item in the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel: right-click the menu item and choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>.</para>
-
- <para>Each launcher corresponds to a <filename>.desktop</filename> file. You
-can drag a <filename>.desktop</filename> file on to your panels to add the
-launcher to the panel. </para>
-<!--Each menu corresponds to a directory. You can drag the directory on to your panels to add the directory to the panel as a menu object. Is this still true?-->
-
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-9">
- <title>Modifying the Properties of an Object</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-41"/><!-- To Modify Preferences for an Applet -->
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Some panel objects, such as launchers and drawers,
-have a set of associated properties. The properties are different for each
-type of object. The properties specify details such as the following: <itemizedlist><listitem><para>The command that starts a launcher application.</para></listitem><listitem><para>The location of the source files for a menu.</para></listitem><listitem><para>The icon that represents the object.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
- <para>To modify the properties of an object, perform the following steps: </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel object popup menu, illustration</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Right-click on the object to open the panel object popup
-menu, as shown in <xref linkend="gospanel-FIG-54"/>.</para>
- <figure id="gospanel-FIG-54">
- <title>Panel Object Popup Menu</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Panel object popup menu. Menu items: Properties, Remove From Panel, Lock, Move.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required. The properties
-in the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog depend on which object you select
-in step 1. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Close the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-32">
- <title>Moving a Panel Object</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>moving</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can move panel objects within a panel, and from one panel to another
-panel. You can also move objects between panels and drawers.</para>
- <para>To move a panel object, middle-click and hold on the object and drag
-the object to a new location. When you release the middle mouse button, the
-object anchors at the new location.</para>
- <para>Alternatively, you can use the panel object popup menu to move an object,
-as follows: </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Right-click on the object, then choose <guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Point to the new location for the object, then click any mouse
-button to anchor the object to the new location. This location can be on any
-panel that is currently in the GNOME Desktop. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>Movement of a panel object affects the position of other objects on
-the panel. To control how objects move on a panel, you can specify a movement
-mode. To specify the movement mode, press one of the following keys as you
-move the panel object:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="15.00*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="30.00*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec3" colwidth="54.00*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry colname="colspec2">
- <para>Key</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Movement Mode</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec3">
- <para>Description</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para>No key</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Switched movement</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
- <para>The object swaps places with other panel
-objects. Switched movement is the default movement mode.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para><keycap>Alt</keycap> key</para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Free movement</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
- <para>The object jumps over other panel objects
-into the next vacant space on the panel.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
- <para><keycap>Shift</keycap> key </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Push movement</para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
- <para>The object pushes other panel objects
-further along the panel. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-566">
- <title>Locking a Panel Object</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>locking</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>locking panel objects</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can lock panel objects so that the objects stay in the same position
-on the panel. Use this if you do not want some panel objects
-to change position when you move other panel objects.</para>
- <para>To lock an object to its current location in the panel,
-right-click on the object to open the panel object popup menu, then select <guimenuitem>Lock To Panel</guimenuitem>. Deselect this to unlock the object.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-33">
- <title>Removing a Panel Object</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>removing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To remove an object from a panel, right-click on the object
-to open the panel object popup menu and then choose <guimenuitem>Remove From
-Panel</guimenuitem>. </para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <!-- ============================================== big bag o' panel objects -->
- <!-- <remark>won't work because of yelp topic clumping</remark>
- <para>This section describes the different objects you can add to your panels.</para>
- <para>For a list of the objects that are on the top and bottom panels by default, see <xref linkend="top-panel"/> and <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>.</para>
- -->
- <section id="gospanel-17">
- <title>Applets</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>applets</primary>
- <secondary>introduction</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>applets</secondary>
- <see>applets</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>An applet is a small application whose
-user interface resides within a panel. The following figure shows the following
-applets, from left to right: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><application><link linkend="windowlist">Window List</link></application>: Displays the windows
-currently open on your system.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><application>Volume Control</application>: Enables you to
-control the volume of the speaker on your system.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><application>Clock</application>: Shows the current date and time.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/sample_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Sample applets. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </section>
-
- <section id="launchers">
- <title>Launchers</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-16"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>launchers</secondary>
- <see>launchers</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A <firstterm>launcher</firstterm> is an object that performs a specific action when you open it.</para>
- <para>You can find launchers in the panels, in the panel menubar, and on the desktop. A launcher is represented by an icon in all of these locations.</para>
- <para>You might use a launcher to do any of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Start a particular application.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Execute a command.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open a folder.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open a Web browser at a particular page on the Web. <!-- <firstterm>Uniform Resource Locator</firstterm> (URL). A URL is the address of a particular location --></para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open special <firstterm>Uniform Resource Identifiers</firstterm>
-(URIs). The GNOME Desktop contains special URIs that enable you to access
-particular functions from the file manager. <indexterm><primary>special URI
-locations</primary><secondary>and launchers</secondary></indexterm></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>You can modify the properties of a launcher. For example, the properties
-of a launcher include the name of the launcher, the icon that represents the
-launcher, and how the launcher runs. For more on this, see <xref linkend="launchers-modify"/>.</para>
- <note><para>
- In certain situations, a launcher in a menu might not show an icon. For example, if it specifies no icon to display, or if the entire menu is set to show no icons.
- </para></note>
-
- <section id="gospanel-34">
- <title>Adding a Launcher to a Panel</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>launchers</primary>
- <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can add a launcher to a panel in one of the following
-ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the panel popup menu</para>
- <para>Right-click on any vacant space on the panel,
-then choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>. The <link linkend="panels-addobject"><guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog</link> opens.</para>
- <para>To create a new launcher, select <guilabel>Custom Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. A <guilabel>Create Launcher</guilabel>
-dialog is displayed. For more information on the properties in this dialog,
-see <xref linkend="launchers-properties"/>.</para>
- <para>Alternatively, to add an existing launcher to the panel, select <guilabel>Application Launcher</guilabel> from the list. Choose the launcher that you want
-to add from the list of menu items.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From any menu</para>
- <para>To add a launcher to a panel from a menu, perform one of the following
-steps:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Open a menu that contains the launcher. Drag the launcher
-on to the panel. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Open the menu that contains the launcher and right-click on the title of the launcher.
-Choose <guimenuitem>Add this launcher to panel</guimenuitem>. This method will only work if the launcher is on a sub-menu of the menu that you opened.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the file manager</para>
- <para>To add a launcher to a panel from the file manager, find the <filename>.desktop</filename> file for the launcher in your file system, then drag the <filename>.desktop</filename> file to the panel. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
-
- <section id="launchers-modify">
- <title>Modifying a Launcher</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-36"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>launchers</primary>
- <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To modify the properties of a launcher in a panel, perform the following
-steps: </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Right-click on the launcher to open the panel object popup
-menu.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. Use the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog to modify the properties as required.
-For more information on the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog,
-see <xref linkend="launchers-properties"/>. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </section>
-
-
- <section id="launchers-properties">
- <title>Launcher Properties</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-52"/><!-- To Create a Launcher With the Create Launcher Dialog -->
-
- <para>When you create or edit a launcher, the following properties can be set:</para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>Type</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the drop-down list to specify whether this launcher starts an application or opens a location: </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>Application</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The launcher starts an application.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Application in Terminal</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The launcher starts an application through a terminal window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Location</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>The launcher opens a file, web page or other location.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>If you are editing a location launcher, this drop-down list
- will not be displayed. If you are editing an application launcher,
- the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> option will not be available.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Name</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This is the name that is displayed if you add the launcher to a menu
-or to the desktop.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Command</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>For an application launcher, specify a command to execute when
-you click on the launcher. For sample commands, see <xref linkend="launchers-properties-commands"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Location</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>For a location launcher, specify the location to be opened.
- Click <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to select a location on your
- computer, or type a web address to launch a web page. For sample
- locations, see <xref linkend="launchers-properties-commands"/></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Comment</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This is displayed as a tooltip when you point to the
-launcher icon on the panel.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <para>To change the icon for the launcher, click on the button showing the current icon. An icon selector dialog is displayed. Choose an icon from the dialog. </para>
-
- <section id="launchers-properties-commands">
- <title>Launcher Commands and Locations</title>
- <!-- Maintained for backwards compatibility: 2.14 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-556"/>
- <para>Examples of commands and locations that you can use in the <guilabel>Launcher Properties</guilabel> dialog can be found below.</para>
-
- <para>If you choose <guilabel>Application</guilabel> or <guilabel>Application in Terminal</guilabel>
-from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> drop-down box, the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table shows some sample commands and the actions that the commands perform:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="47.36*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="52.64*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Sample Application Command</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>gedit</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Starts the <application>gedit</application> text editor application.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>gedit /home/user/loremipsum.txt</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> in the <application>gedit</application> text editor application.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>nautilus /home/user/Projects</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Opens the folder <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> in a File Browser window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- <para>If you choose <guilabel>Location</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
-drop-down box, the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table
-shows some sample locations and the actions that will happen if you click on the launcher:<indexterm><primary>special URIs</primary><secondary>launchers</secondary></indexterm></para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="47.36*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="52.64*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Sample Location</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Action</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>file:///home/user/loremipsum.txt</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Opens the file <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename>
- in the default viewer for its file type.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>file:///home/user/Projects</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Opens the folder <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> in a File Browser window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>http://www.gnome.org</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Opens the GNOME website in your default browser.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>ftp://ftp.gnome.org</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Opens the GNOME FTP site in your default browser. </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </section>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-557">
- <title>Buttons</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>action buttons</primary>
- <see>buttons</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can add buttons to your panels to provide quick access
-to common actions and functions. </para>
- <section id="gospanel-563">
- <title>Force Quit Button</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>Force Quit</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Force Quit button</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Force Quit button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>terminating applications</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>applications</primary>
- <secondary>terminating</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/force_quit.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Force Quit icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>The <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button allows you to click on
- a window to force an application to quit. This button is useful if you
- want to terminate an application that does not respond to your commands,
- if the application has frozen or crashed, for example.</para>
- <para>To add a <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then
-choose <application>Force Quit</application> from the Add to Panel dialog.
-See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- <para>To terminate an application, click on the <guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton>
-button, then click on a window from the application that you want to terminate.
-If you do not want to terminate an application after you have clicked on the
-<guibutton>Force Quit</guibutton> button, press <keycap>Esc</keycap>.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="panel-lock-screen">
- <title>Lock Screen Button</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-21"/>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/lockscreen_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Lock screen icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>Lock</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Lock button</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Lock button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>locking screen</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button locks your screen
- and activates your screensaver when you click on it. To access your session
-again, you must enter your password.</para>
- <para>To add a <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Lock Screen</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- <para>Right-click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button to open a menu
-of screensaver-related commands. <xref linkend="gosstartsession-TBL-83"/> describes
-the commands that are available from the menu.</para>
- <table frame="topbot" id="gosstartsession-TBL-83">
- <title>Lock Screen Menu Items</title>
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="43.55*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="56.45*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Menu Item</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Function</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Activate Screensaver</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Activates the screensaver immediately.</para>
- <para>This will also lock the screen if you have set <guilabel>Lock screen when screensaver is active</guilabel> in the
-<application>Screensaver</application> preference tool.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Locks the screen immediately. This command performs
-the same function as when you click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Opens the <link linkend="prefs-screensaver"><application>Screensaver</application> preference tool</link>, with which you can configure the type of screensaver that is displayed when you lock the screen.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </table>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-20">
- <title>Log Out Button</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>Log Out</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Log Out button</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Log Out button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button allows you to log out of
-a GNOME session or switch to a different user account.</para>
- <para>To add a <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then
-choose <application>Log Out</application> from the Add to Panel dialog.
-See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- <para>To log out of your session or switch users, click on the
- <guibutton>Log Out</guibutton> button and then click on the appropriate
- button in the dialog that appears. </para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-555">
- <title>Run Button</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/run_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Run Application icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>Run</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Run button</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Run button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button opens the
- <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog, which allows you to start an
- application by choosing it from a list. </para>
- <para>To add a <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then
-choose <application>Run Application</application> from the Add to Panel dialog.
-See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- <para>To open the <application>Run Application</application> dialog, click
- on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button. </para>
- <para>For more information on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog,
-see <xref linkend="gospanel-23"/>.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-554">
- <title>Search Button</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/searchtool_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Search Tool icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>Search</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Search button</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Search button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>The <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button opens the
- <application>Search Tool</application>, which allows you to search for
- files on your computer. </para>
- <para>To add a <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then choose <application>Search for Files</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- <para>To open the <application>Search Tool</application>, click on
-the <guibutton>Search</guibutton> button. </para>
- <para>For more information on the <application>Search Tool</application>,
-see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-search-tool">Search Tool Manual</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-564">
- <title>Show Desktop Button</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>buttons</primary>
- <secondary>Minimize Windows</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Minimize
-Windows button</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Minimize Windows
-button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/show_desktop_button.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Show Desktop icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>You can use the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop.</para>
- <para>To add a <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then
-choose <application>Show Desktop</application> from the Add to Panel dialog.
-See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- <para>To minimize all windows and show the desktop, click on the
- <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button. To restore all windows to
- their previous state, click it again.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="panel-menus">
- <title>Menus</title>
-
- <!-- Desktop Overview / Menus -->
- <anchor id="gosoverview-42"/>
- <anchor id="gospanel-37"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>menus</primary>
- <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>menus</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can add the following types of menu to your panels: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu>: You can access almost
-all of the standard applications, commands, and configuration options from
-the menus in the Menu Bar. It contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>,
-<guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus.</para>
- <para>To add a <guimenu>Menu Bar</guimenu> to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then
-choose <application>Menu Bar</application> from the Add to Panel dialog.
-See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu>: The Main Menu contains the same
- items as the Menu Bar, but organizes them into one menu instead of three.
- It takes up less space on the panels as a result.</para>
- <para>To add a <guimenu>Main Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click
-on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then
-choose <application>Main Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog.
-See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guimenu>Submenus</guimenu>: You can add a submenu of the Menu Bar
- or Main Menu directly to the panel. For example, you can add the <guimenu>Games</guimenu>
- submenu of the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel.</para>
- <para>To add a submenu to a panel, open the submenu, right-click on a launcher, then choose
-<menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as menu to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-18">
- <title>Drawers</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>drawers</secondary>
- <see>drawers</see>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A drawer is an extension of a panel. You
-can open and close a drawer in the same way that you can show and hide a panel.
-A drawer can contain all panel objects, including launchers, menus, applets,
-and other drawers. When you open a drawer, you can use
-the objects in the same way that you use objects on a panel. </para>
- <para>The following figure shows an open drawer that contains two panel objects. </para>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/open_drawer.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Open drawer. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>The arrow on the icon indicates that it represents a drawer
-or menu.</para>
- <para>You can add, move, and remove objects from drawers in the same way that
-you add, move, and remove objects from panels. </para>
- <section id="gospanel-42">
- <title>To Open and Close a Drawer</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>drawers</primary>
- <secondary>opening</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>drawers</primary>
- <secondary>closing</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To open a drawer, click on the drawer's icon in a panel. You can close
-a drawer in the following ways: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the drawer's icon.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the drawer hide button.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-420">
- <title>To Add a Drawer to a Panel</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>drawers</primary>
- <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can add a drawer to a panel in the following ways: </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>From the panel popup menu</term>
- <listitem>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Right-click on any vacant space on the panel, then choose
- <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>In the <application>Add to Panel</application> dialog, select
- <guilabel>Drawer</guilabel>. Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>, then click
- <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>From any menu</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can add a menu as a drawer object to a panel.</para>
- <para>To add a menu as a drawer to a panel, open the menu from the panel.
-Right-click on any launcher in the menu, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Entire menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add this as drawer to panel</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-54">
- <title>To Add an Object to a Drawer</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>drawers</primary>
- <secondary>adding objects to</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You add an object to a drawer in the same way that you add
-objects to panels. For more information, see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>.</para>
- </section>
- <section id="gospanel-550">
- <title>To Modify Drawer Properties</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>drawers</primary>
- <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can modify the properties of each drawer individually. For
- example, you can change the visual appearance of the drawer and whether
- it has hide buttons.</para>
- <para>To modify properties for a drawer perform the following steps: </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Right-click on the drawer, then choose
- <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> to display the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> dialog.
-The dialog displays the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the properties for the drawer in the dialog. The following
-table describes the elements on the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tabbed section:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="28.57*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="71.43*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Dialog Element</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Description </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Specify the width of the drawer when it is open.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Icon</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1">
- <para>Choose an icon to represent the drawer. Click
-on the <guibutton>Icon</guibutton> button to display an icon selector dialog.
-Choose an icon from the dialog and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to confirm your choice.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Show hide buttons</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to display hide buttons on your
-drawer. When you click one of the buttons, the drawer will close.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>
- <guilabel>Arrows on hide buttons</guilabel>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry valign="top">
- <para>Select this option to display arrows on the hide
-buttons, if the hide buttons are enabled.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can use the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section
-to set the background for the drawer. For information on how to complete the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tabbed section, see <xref linkend="panel-properties"/>. You can also drag a color or image on to a drawer
-to set the color or image as the background of the drawer. For more information,
- see <xref linkend="panel-properties-background"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Drawer Properties</guilabel> dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </section>
- </section>
- <section id="panel-default">
- <!-- a temporary home for things that should one day be in a greater list of panel objects -->
- <title>Default Panel Objects</title>
-
- <para>This section covers the panel objects that appear in the default GNOME desktop.</para>
-
- <section id="panel-windowselector">
- <title>Window Selector Applet</title>
- <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosmetacity-27"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>top edge panel</primary>
- <secondary>window selector icon</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>window selector</primary>
- <secondary>top edge panel</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can view a list of all windows
-that are currently open. You can also choose a window to give focus to. To
-view the window list, click on the <application>Window Selector</application>
-applet. The following figure shows an example of the <application>Window Selector</application> applet:</para>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/openwindows_menu.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Window selector applet displayed from the top edge panel.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>To give focus to a window, select the window from the <application>Window Selector</application> applet.</para>
- <para>The <application>Window Selector</application> lists the windows in
-all workspaces. The windows in all workspaces other than the current workspace
-are listed under a separator line.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="panels-notification-area">
- <title>Notification Area Applet</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-567"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>applets</primary>
- <secondary>Notification Area</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>panel objects</primary>
- <secondary>Notification
-Area applet</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Notification Area applet</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/notification_area_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Notification Area icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>The <application>Notification Area</application> applet displays icons
-from various applications to indicate activity in the application. For example,
-when you use the <application>CD Player</application> application to play
-a CD, a CD icon is displayed in the <application>Notification Area</application>
-applet. The graphic above illustrates the CD icon in the <application>Notification
-Area</application> applet. </para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="goseditmainmenu-65">
- <title>Menu Bar</title>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/menu_bar_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Menu Bar applet. Menus: Applications, Places, System.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <para>The <application>Menu Bar</application> contains the
- <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and
- <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. You can access
- almost all of the standard applications, commands, and configuration options
- from the <application>Menu Bar</application>. For more on using the Menu Bar, see <xref linkend="menubar"/>.</para>
- </section>
-
-<!-- This has been pasted from the Window List manual so that the Window List applet help is integrated into the GUG. -->
-<!-- This section needs gross refactoring (making task-based for starters) -->
-
- <section id="windowlist">
- <title>Window List</title>
-
- <para>The <application>Window List</application> applet enables you to manage the windows that are open on the GNOME desktop. Window List uses a button to represent each window or group of windows that is open. The state of the buttons in the applet varies depending on the state of the window that the button represents. The following table explains the possible states of the <application>Window List</application> buttons.</para>
- <informaltable>
- <tgroup cols="2">
- <colspec colname="col1"/>
- <colspec colname="col2"/>
- <thead>
- <row valign="top">
- <entry colname="col1"><para>State</para></entry>
- <entry colname="col2"><para>Indicates...</para></entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row valign="top">
- <entry colname="col1"><para>The button is pressed in.</para></entry>
- <entry colname="col2"><para>The window has focus.</para></entry>
- </row>
- <row valign="top">
- <entry colname="col1"><para>The button appears faded. The button text is surrounded by square brackets.</para></entry>
- <entry colname="col2"><para>The window is minimized.</para></entry>
- </row>
- <row valign="top">
- <entry colname="col1"><para>The button is not pressed in, and is not faded.</para></entry>
- <entry colname="col2"><para>The window is displayed on the desktop and is not minimized.</para></entry>
- </row>
- <row valign="top">
- <entry colname="col1"><para>There is a number in parentheses at the end of the button title.</para></entry>
- <entry colname="col2"><para>The button represents a group of buttons. </para></entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
-
-<!-- ================ Usage ================================ -->
- <section id="windowlist-usage">
- <title>Usage</title>
- <para>You can use <application>Window List</application> to perform the following tasks:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>To give focus to a window</para>
- <para>If you click on the Window List button that represents a window that is on the desktop but does not have focus, the applet gives focus to the window. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To minimize a window</para>
- <para>If you click on the Window List button that represents the window that has focus, the applet minimizes the window. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>To restore a minimized window</para>
- <para>If you click on the Window List button that represents a minimized window, the applet restores the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>You can change the order of the Window List buttons by dragging a button to a different location on the Window List.</para>
-
- </section>
-<!-- ============= Preferences ============================= -->
- <section id="windowlist-prefs">
- <title>Preferences</title>
- <para>To configure the <application>Window List</application>, right-click
- on the handle to the left of the window buttons, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>.
- The following preferences can be changed:</para>
-
- <!-- Maintained for compatibility -->
- <anchor id="windowlist-prefs-behavior"/>
- <anchor id="windowlist-prefs-size"/>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term><guilabel>Window List Content</guilabel> </term>
- <listitem>
- <para>To specify which windows to display in the Window List, select one of the following options: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show windows from current workspace</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to only show the windows that are open in the current workspace.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Show windows from all workspaces</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to show the windows that are open in all workspaces.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry><term><guilabel>Window Grouping</guilabel> </term>
- <listitem>
- <para>To specify when the Window List should group windows that belong to the same application, select one of the following options: </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Never group windows</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to never group windows of the same application under one button.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Group windows when space is limited</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to group windows of the same application under one button when the space on the panel is restricted.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Always group windows</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to always group windows of the same application under one button.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry><term><guilabel>Restoring Minimized Windows</guilabel> </term>
- <listitem>
- <para>To define how the Window List behaves when you restore windows, select one of the following options.</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Restore to current workspace</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to restore a window from the applet to the current workspace, even if the window did not previously reside in the current workspace.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem><para><guilabel>Restore to native workspace</guilabel></para>
- <para>Select this option to switch to the workspace in which a window originally resided when you restore the window from the applet. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>These options are only available if <guilabel>Show windows from all workspaces</guilabel> is selected in the <guilabel>Window List Content</guilabel> section of the dialog.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </section>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosstartsession.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosstartsession.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e8123d8..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gosstartsession.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="sessions">
- <title>Desktop Sessions</title>
-
- <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosgetstarted-1"/>
-
- <remark>Needs better intro</remark>
- <remark>This chapter needs work</remark>
-
- <highlights>
- <para>This chapter provides the information you need to log in to and shut down GNOME, and to start, manage, and end a desktop session.</para>
- </highlights>
-
- <sect1 id="gosgetstarted-69">
- <title>Starting a Session</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>starting</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>A <firstterm>session</firstterm> is the period of time you spend using GNOME, between logging in and logging out. During a session, you use your applications, print, browse the web, and so on.</para>
- <para>Logging in to GNOME begins your session. The login screen is your gateway to the GNOME Desktop: it is where you enter your username and password and select options such as the language you want GNOME to use for your session.</para>
- <tip><para>
- Normally, logging out ends the session, but you can choose to save the state of your session and restore it next time you use GNOME: see <xref linkend="gosstartsession-2"/>.</para></tip>
-
- <!--
- 2.14 has moved all this out of the standard dialogs.
-
- The session manager saves and restores the following:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The appearance and behavior settings, for example fonts, colors,
-and mouse settings. </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The applications that you were running, for example file manager
-and text editor windows. You cannot save and restore applications that the
-session manager does not manage. For example, if you start the <application>vi</application> editor from the command line in a terminal window, session
-manager cannot restore your editing session. </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- -->
-
-
- <sect2 id="gosstartsession-85">
- <title>Logging in to GNOME</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>logging in</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>logging in</primary>
- <secondary>to session</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>start session</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To log in to a session, perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Session</guilabel>
-icon. Choose the GNOME Desktop from the list of available desktop environments.
-Most users will not need to perform this step, as GNOME is usually the default
-desktop environment already.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter your username in the <guilabel>Username</guilabel> field
-on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter your password in the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> field
-on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>When you log in successfully, GNOME will take a short amount of time to start up. When it is ready, you will see the Desktop and you can begin using your computer.</para>
- <para>The first time you log in, the session manager starts a new
-session. If you have logged in before and saved the settings for the previous
-session when you logged out, then the session manager restores your
-previous session.</para>
- <para>If you want to shut down or restart the system before you log in, click
-on the <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon on the login screen. A dialog is displayed.
-Select the option that you require, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
- <para>Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login screen
- so that it no longer has a <guilabel>System</guilabel> icon. In this case,
- the option to shut down the computer may be found by clicking the
- <guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon, or by clicking a separate
- <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> button.</para>
-<!--What about failsafe gnome?-->
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="gosstartsession-86">
- <title>Using a Different Language</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>different language, logging
-in</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>language, logging in in different</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>logging in</primary>
- <secondary>to session in different language</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>To log in to
-a session in a different language, perform the following actions.</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>On the login screen, click on the <guilabel>Language</guilabel>
-icon. Choose the language you require from the list of available languages.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter your username in the <guilabel>Username</guilabel> field
-on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter your password in the <guilabel>Password</guilabel> field
-on the login screen, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <note>
- <para>When you log in to a session in a different language, you are changing
-the language for the user interface but are not changing the keyboard layout.
-To choose a different keyboard layout, use the
-<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gswitchit"><application>Keyboard Indicator</application></ulink> applet.</para>
- </note>
- <tip>
- <para>Your system distributor or vendor may have altered the login
- screen so that it no longer has a <guilabel>Language</guilabel> icon.
- In this case, the option to change the session's language may be found by clicking the <guilabel>Other</guilabel> icon.</para>
- </tip>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="lock-screen">
- <title>Locking Your Screen</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosstartsession-1"/>
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/lockscreen_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Lock screen icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>locking screen</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>locking screen</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Lock button</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>Locking your screen prevents access to your applications and information, allowing you to leave your computer unattended. While your screen is locked, the <link linkend="prefs-screensaver">screensaver</link> runs.</para>
-
- <para>To lock the screen, perform
-one of the following actions:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>If the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is present on a
-panel, click on the <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button.</para>
- <note><para>The <guibutton>Lock Screen</guibutton> button is not present on the panels by default. To add it, see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>.</para></note>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- <para>To unlock the screen, move your mouse or press any key, enter your password in the locked screen dialog, then press <keycap>Return</keycap>.</para>
- <para>If another user wants to use the computer while it is locked, they can move the mouse or press a key and then click <guibutton>Switch User</guibutton>. The login screen will be displayed and they can log in using their user account. They will not be able to access any of your applications or information. When they log out, the screen will be locked again and you can access your session by unlocking the screen.</para>
- <para>You can leave a message for a user who has locked their screen. Move the mouse or press any key and then click <guibutton>Leave Message</guibutton>. Type your message into the box and press <guibutton>Save</guibutton>. Your message will be displayed when the user unlocks their screen.</para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="gosstartsession-2">
- <title>Setting Programs to Start Automatically When You Log In</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>preference tools</primary>
- <secondary>Sessions</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>startup</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can choose for certain programs to be started automatically when
- you log in to a session. For example, you might want a web browser to be started
- as soon as you log in. Programs which start automatically when you log in are
- called <firstterm>startup programs</firstterm>. Startup programs are
- automatically saved and safely closed by the session manager when you log
- out, and are restarted when you log in.</para>
- <para>The <application>Sessions</application> preference tool allows you to
- define which programs are started automatically when you log in. It has two
- tabs, the <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel> tab and the
- <guilabel>Options</guilabel> tab.</para>
-
- <sect2 id="gosstartsession-21">
- <title>Startup Programs Tab</title>
- <!-- Preserve IDs for backwards compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosstartsession-6"/>
- <anchor id="gosstartsession-10"/>
- <para>You can use the Startup Programs tab to add, modify, and
- remove startup programs.</para>
- <para>A list of startup programs is displayed on this tab. The list shows
- a short description of each program, along with a checkbox which denotes
- whether the startup program is enabled or not. Programs which are not
- enabled will not be started automatically when you log in.</para>
-
- <sect3 id="gosstartsession-211">
- <title>Enabling/Disabling Startup Programs</title>
- <para>To enable a program to start up automatically, check the checkbox
- corresponding to that program.</para>
- <para>To disable a program from starting automatically, uncheck the
- checkbox.</para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosstartsession-212">
- <title>Adding A New Startup Program</title>
- <para>To add a new startup program, perform the following steps:</para>
- <procedure>
- <step>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. This will open the
- <application>Add Startup Program</application> dialog box.</para>
- </step>
- <step>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box to specify a name for
- the new startup program.</para>
- </step>
- <step>
- <para>Use the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> text box to specify the
- command which will invoke the application. For example, the command
- <userinput>gedit</userinput> will start the <application>Gedit Text
- Editor</application>. If you do not know the exact command, click
- <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> to choose the path of the command.</para>
- </step>
- <step>
- <para>Enter a description of the application in the
- <guilabel>Comments</guilabel> text box. You will see this as the
- description of the program in the list of startup programs.</para>
- </step>
- <step>
- <para>Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. The application will be added
- to the list of startup programs with its checkbox in the checked
- (enabled) state.</para>
- </step>
- </procedure>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosstartsession-213">
- <title>Removing A Startup Program</title>
- <para>To remove a startup program, select it from the list of startup
- programs and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="gosstartsession-214">
- <title>Editing A Startup Program</title>
- <para>To edit an existing startup program, select it from the list of
- startup programs and click <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>. A dialog will
- appear which allows you to edit the properties of the program. See
- <xref linkend="gosstartsession-212"/> for more information on the
- options available in this dialog.</para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="gosstartsession-22">
- <title>Session Options Tab</title>
- <!-- Preserve IDs for backwards compatibility -->
- <anchor id="gosstartsession-9"/>
- <anchor id="gosgetstarted-74"/>
- <para>The session manager can remember which applications you have
- running when you log out and can automatically restart them when you log
- in again. If you would like this to happen every time you log out, check
- <guilabel>Automatically remember running applications when
- logging out</guilabel>. If you would like this to happen only once, click
- <guibutton>Remember Currently Running Application</guibutton> before
- logging out.</para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="shutdown">
- <title>Ending a Session</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gosgetstarted-73"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>ending</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>sessions</primary>
- <secondary>logging out</secondary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>logging out</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>quit</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>shutdown</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <!--
- commenting this out for now. A shot of the shutdown button would be good too.
- <screenshot>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- <textobject>
- <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>
- </textobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- -->
- <para>When you have finished using your computer, you can choose to do one of the following:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Log out, leaving the computer ready for another user to begin working with it. To log out of GNOME, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Log Out <replaceable>username</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice> <!-- Translators: your locale might only have a "Log Out" label in the menu if "Log Out username" is not valid. In this case, remove "<replaceable>username</replaceable>". -->.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Shut down your computer and switch off the power. To shut down, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Shut Down</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click <guibutton>Shut Down</guibutton> on the dialog that appears.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Depending on your computer's configuration, you can also <firstterm>Hibernate</firstterm> your computer. During hibernation, less power is used, but all of the applications and documents that you have open are preserved and will still be open when you resume from hibernation. You can resume from hibernation by moving your mouse or pressing a key.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <note>
- <para>Some vendors and distributors allow you to hibernate your computer in two ways, often called Hibernate and <firstterm>Suspend</firstterm>. Both of these will preserve your open files and applications, but one will switch off the power to your computer while the other will leave the computer running in a state that uses less power.</para>
- </note>
-
- <para>When you end a session, applications with unsaved work will warn you. You can choose to save your work, or cancel the command to log out or shut down.</para>
-
- <para>Before you end a session, you might want to save your current
-settings so that you can restore the session later. In the <link linkend="prefs-sessions"><application>Sessions</application></link> preference tool, you can select an option to automatically
-save your current settings.</para>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gostools.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/gostools.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a7b89d..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/gostools.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1065 +0,0 @@
-<!-- -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- -->
-<chapter id="tools">
- <title>Tools and Utilities</title>
-
- <highlights>
- <para>This section describes some of the tools and utilities in the GNOME Desktop.</para>
- </highlights>
-
- <section id="tools-run-app">
- <title>Running Applications</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="gospanel-23"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Run Application dialog, using</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog gives you access to the command
- line. When you run a command in the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog,
- you cannot receive output from the command.
- </para>
- <para>
- To run a command from the command line perform the following steps:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in any of the
- following ways:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry><term>From a panel</term>
- <listitem><para>You can add the <application>Run Application</application> button to any
- panel. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Run Application</guibutton>
- panel button to open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
- <varlistentry><term>Using shortcut keys</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. You can change
- the shortcut keys that display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog
- in the <link linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application>
- preference tool</link>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>The <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter the command that you want to run in the blank field, or choose from the list of known applications.</para>
- <para>If you enter only the location of a file, an appropriate application will launch to open it.
- If you enter a web page address, your default web browser will open the page. Prefix the web page address with http://, as in http://www.gnome.org.
- </para>
- <para>
- To choose a command that you ran previously, click the
- down arrow button beside the command field, then choose the command to run.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also use the <guibutton>Run with file</guibutton> button to
- choose a file to append to the command line. For example, you can enter
- <application>emacs</application> as the command, then choose a file to edit.
- </para>
- <para>Select the <guilabel>Run in terminal</guilabel> option to run the application
- or command in a terminal window. Choose this option for an application or
- command that does not create a window in which to run.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click on the <guibutton>Run</guibutton> button on the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog. </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </section>
-
-<section id="tools-screenshot">
- <title>Taking Screenshots</title>
- <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
- <anchor id="goseditmainmenu-53"/>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>screenshots, taking</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <para>You can take a screenshot in any of the following ways:</para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>From any panel</para>
- <para>You can add a <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to any panel. For instructions on how to do this, see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Take Screenshot</guibutton> button to take
-a screenshot of the entire screen.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use shortcut keys</para>
- <para>To take a screenshot, use the following shortcut keys:</para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Default Shortcut Keys</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Function</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot of the entire screen.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot of the window which is active.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- <para>You can use the <link linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"><application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application>
- preference tool</link> to modify the default shortcut keys.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the Menubar</para>
- <para>Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>Accessories</guimenuitem>
- <guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>From the Terminal</para>
- <para>
- You can use the <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command to
- take a screenshot. The <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command takes
- a screenshot of the entire screen, and displays the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel>
- dialog. Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save the screenshot.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also use options on the <command>gnome-screenshot</command> command
- as follows:
- </para>
- <informaltable frame="topbot">
- <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
- <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
- <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
- <thead>
- <row rowsep="1">
- <entry>
- <para>Option</para>
- </entry>
- <entry>
- <para>Function</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </thead>
- <tbody>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--window</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot of the window that has focus.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--delay=<replaceable>seconds</replaceable></command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>
- Takes a screenshot after the specified number of seconds,
- and displays the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog.
- Use the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog to save
- the screenshot.
- </para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--include-border</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot including the border of the window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--remove-border</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot without the border of the window.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--border-effect=shadow</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot and adds a shadow bevel effect around it.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--border-effect=border</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Takes a screenshot and adds a border effect around it.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--interactive</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Opens a window that lets you set options before taking the screenshot.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- <row>
- <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
- <para>
- <command>--help</command>
- </para>
- </entry>
- <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
- <para>Displays the options for the command.</para>
- </entry>
- </row>
- </tbody>
- </tgroup>
- </informaltable>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>
- When you take a screenshot, the <guilabel>Save Screenshot</guilabel> dialog
- opens. To save the screenshot as an image file, enter the filename for the
- screenshot, choose a location from the drop-down list and click the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> button. You can also use the <guilabel>Copy to Clipboard</guilabel> button to copy the image to the clipboard or transfer it to another application by drag-and-drop.
- </para>
-
-</section>
-
-<!-- ============= Yelp ============================= -->
-<section id="yelp">
- <title>Yelp Help Browser</title>
- <indexterm>
- <primary>Yelp</primary>
- </indexterm>
- <!-- ============= Introduction ============================== -->
-
- <section id="yelp-introduction">
- <title>Introduction</title>
-
- <para>The <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> application allows you to view documentation
- regarding GNOME and other components through a variety of formats. These
- formats include docbook files, HTML help pages, man pages and info pages
- (support for man pages and info pages may optionally be compiled in).
- Despite the different formats supported, Yelp does its best to provide a
- unified look and feel regardless of the original document format.</para>
-
- <para><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> is internationalised, meaning that it has support
- to view documents in different languages. The documents must be localised
- or translated for each language and installed properly for Yelp Help
- Browser to be able to view them.</para>
- </section>
-
- <!-- ============= Getting Started ================================ -->
-
- <section id="yelp-getting-started">
- <title>Starting Yelp</title>
-
- <section>
- <title>To Start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application></title>
-
- <para>You can start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> in the following ways:</para>
-
- <para><variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenu>System</guimenu> Menu</term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose <application>Help</application></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Command Line</term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Execute the following command:
- <command>yelp</command></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Interface</title>
-
- <para>When you start <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, you will see the following
- window appear.</para>
-
- <para><figure id="fig-yelp-window">
- <title><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Window</title>
-
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_window.png" />
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> contains the following elements in <xref
- linkend="fig-yelp-window" /></para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><interface>Menubar</interface></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenu>File</guimenu></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this menu to Open a New Window, view the About
- this Document page, Print the current document, or Close
- the window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenu>Edit</guimenu></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this menu to Copy, Select all, Find..., or to
- set your Preferences.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenu>Go</guimenu></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this menu to navigate Back, Forward, to the Help
- Topics page. When viewing a DocBook document, use this
- menu to navigate to the Next Section, Previous Section or
- to the Contents.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this menu to Add Bookmark(s), or Edit
- Bookmark(s).</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenu>Help</guimenu></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>View information about Yelp Help Browser and
- contributors to the project through the
- <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> menuitem. Open this
- document with the <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
- menuitem or by pressing <keycap>F1</keycap>.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><interface>Toolbar</interface></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Back</guibutton></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this button to navigate back in your document
- history.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Forward</guibutton></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this button to navigate forward in your document
- history.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this button to return to the main table of
- contents (shown in <xref linkend="fig-yelp-window" />).</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry id="yelp-browser-pane" xreflabel="Yelp Browser Pane">
- <term><interface>Browser Pane</interface></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The browser pane is where you will be presented with the
- table of contents or the documentation. Use the table of contents
- to navigate to the documentation you need.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <!--===================== Usage ========================-->
-
- <section id="yelp-usage">
- <title>Using Yelp</title>
-
- <section>
- <title>Open a Document</title>
-
- <para>To open a document in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>In an application, click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Help</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the Table of Contents to navigate to the desired document.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>You can drag a Docbook XML file from Nautilus to the Yelp window or launcher.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Press the <keycap>F1</keycap> key.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist></para>
-
- <para>Alternatively, you may view a particular document by invoking Yelp
- Help Browser from the command line or dragging files to Yelp. See <xref
- linkend="yelp-open-specific" /> for more on this.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Open a New Window</title>
-
- <para>To open a new window:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>About This Document</title>
-
- <para>To view information about the currently open document:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>About This Document</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist><note>
- <para>This option is only available for DocBook documentation. Legal
- notices and documentation contributors are usually listed in this
- section.</para>
- </note></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Print a Page</title>
-
- <para>To print any page that you are able to view in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Print this Page</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Print a Document</title>
-
- <para>To print an entire document:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Print this Document</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist><note>
- <para>This option is only available for DocBook
- documentation.</para>
- </note></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Close a Window</title>
-
- <para>To close a window in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, do the following:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Close Window</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Set Preferences</title>
-
- <para>To set your preferences in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref
- linkend="yelp-preferences" />:</para>
-
- <para><figure id="yelp-preferences">
- <title><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Preferences Window</title>
-
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_preferences.png" />
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>The options that are available in this dialog have the
- following functions:</para>
-
- <para><variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Use system fonts</guilabel></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Check this option to display documentation using the
- default fonts used by the GNOME Desktop.</para>
-
- <para>To choose your own fonts to display documentation, uncheck
- this option and click on the buttons next to the text
- <guilabel>Variable Width</guilabel> or <guilabel>Fixed
- Width</guilabel>.</para>
-
- <para><variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Variable Width</guilabel></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>This is the font to use when a static or fixed
- width font is not required. The majority of text will be
- of this type.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Fixed Width</guilabel></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>This is the font to use when all text characters
- need to be of the same size. This font is usually used
- to indicate commands, program blocks, or other text that
- falls under these categories.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist></para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Browse with caret</guilabel></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Click this option if you would like see a caret or cursor
- in the <xref linkend="yelp-browser-pane" />. This allows you to
- browse the document more easily by showing where the cursor is
- located in the document.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Go Back in Document History</title>
-
- <para>To go back in the document history:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Go</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button in the
- <interface>Toolbar</interface></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Go Forward in Document History</title>
-
- <para>To go forward in the document history:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Go</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Right</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button in the
- <interface>Toolbar</interface></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Go to Help Topics</title>
-
- <para>To go to the Help Topics:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Go</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Help Topics</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the <guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton> button in the
- <interface>Toolbar</interface></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Go to Previous Section</title>
-
- <para>To go to the previous section:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Go</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Previous Section</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist><note>
- <para>This option is only available in DocBook formatted
- documents.</para>
- </note></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Go to Next Section</title>
-
- <para>To go to the next section:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Go</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Next Section</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist><note>
- <para>This option is only available in DocBook formatted
- documents.</para>
- </note></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Go to Contents</title>
-
- <para>To go to the contents for a document:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Go</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist><note>
- <para>This option is only available in DocBook formatted
- documents.</para>
- </note></para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Add a Bookmark</title>
-
- <para>To add a bookmark for a particular document:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref
- linkend="yelp-add-bookmark" />.</para>
-
- <para><figure id="yelp-add-bookmark">
- <title>Add Bookmark Window</title>
-
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png" />
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>Enter your desired bookmark title in to the
- <guilabel>Title</guilabel> text entry field. Then click
- <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add the bookmark, or click
- <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the request.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Edit Bookmarks</title>
-
- <para>To edit your collection of bookmarks:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use the key combination
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref
- linkend="yelp-edit-bookmarks" />.</para>
-
- <para><figure id="yelp-edit-bookmarks">
- <title>Edit Bookmarks Window</title>
-
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png" />
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </figure>You can manage your bookmarks using this window in the
- following ways:</para>
-
- <para><variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Open</guibutton></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this button to open the selected bookmark in a new
- window.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Rename</guibutton></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this button to rename the title of your
- bookmark.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guibutton>Remove</guibutton></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this button to delete the bookmark from your
- collection.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>Once you are finished managing your bookmarks, click
- the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to exit the <interface>Edit
- Bookmarks Window</interface>.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Get Help</title>
-
- <para>To get help using <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> (and see this
- document):</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Click <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Help</guimenu>
-
- <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice></para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist></para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <!--=============== Advanced Features ====================-->
-
- <section id="yelp-advanced">
- <title>Advanced Features</title>
-
- <section id="yelp-open-specific"
- xreflabel="Opening Specific Documents">
- <title>Opening Specific Documents</title>
-
- <section id="yelp-open-drag">
- <title>Opening Documents from the File Manager</title>
- <para>To open a document, such as an XML file, from the file manager, open the document in <application>Nautilus</application> File Manager, or drag the icon from <application>Nautilus</application> to the <application>Yelp</application> document pane
- or launcher.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section id="yelp-advanced-cmdline"
- xreflabel="Using the Command Line to Open Documents">
- <title>Using the Command Line to Open Documents</title>
-
- <para>Yelp Help Browser supports opening documents from the command
- line. There are a number of URIs (Uniform Resource Identifiers) that can
- be used. These include:</para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><option>file:</option></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this URI when you want to access a file with
- yelp, for example:</para>
-
- <screen><userinput>yelp file:///usr/share/gnome/help/gcalctool/C/gcalctool.xml</userinput></screen>
-
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><option>ghelp:</option> or
- <option>gnome-help:</option></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this URI when you want to access GNOME help documents,
- which are typically written in DocBook format.</para>
-
- <screen><userinput>yelp ghelp:gcalctool</userinput></screen>
-
- <para>If you want to open the help document at a particular section,
- append a question mark to the end of the URI, followed by the section id.</para>
-
- <screen><userinput>yelp ghelp:user-guide?yelp-advanced-cmdline</userinput></screen>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><option>man:</option></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this URI when you want to access a particular man
- page. You can append the section of the man page you would like
- to view if there are multiple man pages with the same
- name. The section number should be enclosed in parenthesis and
- therefore it may be necessary to escape the argument so that the
- shell does not interpret the parenthesis.</para>
-
- <screen><userinput>yelp man:gcalctool</userinput></screen>
-
- <para>or</para>
-
- <screen><userinput>yelp 'man:intro(1)'</userinput>
-<userinput>yelp 'man:intro(2)'</userinput></screen>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><option>info:</option></term>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Use this URI when you want to access a particular GNU info
- page.</para>
-
- <screen><userinput>yelp info:make</userinput></screen>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </section>
-
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Refreshing Content on Demand</title>
-
- <para><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> supports the
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> shortcut keys, which will reload the DocBook
- document that is currently open. This allows developers to view changes
- to documents as they are made.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="yelp-moreinfo">
- <title>More Information</title>
-
- <para>This section details some of the helper applications which
- <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses, and provides resources where you can get more information
- about <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>.</para>
-
- <section>
- <title>Scrollkeeper</title>
-
- <para><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses scrollkeeper to generate the table of
- contents for DocBook and HTML documentation, and also keep track of
- translations for each document.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>GNOME Documentation Utilites</title>
-
- <para>The documentation distributed with GNOME uses this set of
- utilities for a variety of things:</para>
-
- <para><itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Ease translation of documents to different languages.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Provide a set of tools to help package and install
- documentation into the correct location and register the
- documentation with scrollkeeper.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Perform conversion from DocBook format to a format suitable
- for display.</para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> relies on <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt">GNOME XSLT
- Stylesheets</ulink> to perform conversion from DocBook to HTML. <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-doc-make">GNOME Documentation
- Build Utilities</ulink> are relied upon by application authors to install and register documentation within the help system.</para>
- </section>
-
- <section>
- <title>Homepage and Mailing List</title>
-
- <para>For further information on <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, please visit the Documentation Project homepage, <ulink
- url="http://live.gnome.org/Yelp">http://live.gnome.org/Yelp</ulink>, or subscribe to
- the mailing list, <ulink type="http" url="http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-devel-list">gnome-doc-devel-list@gnome.org</ulink>.</para>
- </section>
- </section>
-
- <section id="yelp-joininggdp">
- <title>Joining the GNOME Documentation Project</title>
-
- <para>If you are interesting in helping produce and update documentation
- for the GNOME project, please visit the Documentation Project homepage: <ulink
- url="http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject">http://live.gnome.org/DocumentationProject</ulink></para>
- </section>
-
-</section>
-
-</chapter>
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/legal.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/legal.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index ac97e1d..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/legal.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
- <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
- by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
- no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find
- a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type="help"
- url="ghelp:fdl">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS
- distributed with this manual.
- </para>
- <para> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
- distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this
- manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
- adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
- section 6 of the license.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their
- products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those
- names appear in any GNOME documentation, and the members of
- the GNOME Documentation Project are made aware of those
- trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial
- capital letters.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
- UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
- WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
-
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
- IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
- THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
- A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
- RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
- OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
- MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
- YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
- CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
- SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
- OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
- LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
- VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
- EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
- THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
- CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
- INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
- DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
- OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
- PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
- CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
- INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
- OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
- MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
- LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
- EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
- THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
diff --git a/gnome2-user-guide/C/user-guide.xml b/gnome2-user-guide/C/user-guide.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 44cb99a..0000000
--- a/gnome2-user-guide/C/user-guide.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0"?><!-- -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- -->
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
-"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
- <!ENTITY gnomeversion "2.14">
- <!ENTITY manrevision "2.14.0">
- <!ENTITY LEGAL SYSTEM "legal.xml">
-]>
-<?db.chunk.max_depth 3?>
-<book id="index">
- <title>Desktop User Guide</title>
- <bookinfo>
- <abstract role="description">
- <para>The GNOME User Guide is a collection of documentation which details general use of the
- GNOME Desktop environment. Topics covered include sessions, panels, menus, file management,
- and preferences.</para>
- </abstract>
- <copyright>
- <year>2005</year>
- <holder>Shaun McCance</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2004</year>
- <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder>
- </copyright>
- <copyright>
- <year>2003</year>
- <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder>
- </copyright>
- <!-- translators: uncomment this:
- <copyright>
- <year>2002</year>
- <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
- </copyright>
- -->
- <publisher role="maintainer">
- <publishername>GNOME Documentation Project</publishername>
- </publisher>
-
- &LEGAL;
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Sun</firstname>
- <surname>GNOME Documentation Team</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Shaun</firstname>
- <surname>McCance</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>shaunm@gnome.org</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <surname>Karderio</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>karderio at gmail dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Joachim</firstname>
- <surname>Noreiko</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>jnoreiko at yahoo dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Daniel</firstname>
- <surname>Espinosa Ortiz</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>esodan at gmail dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Brent</firstname>
- <surname>Smith</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>gnome at nextreality dot net</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Tim</firstname>
- <surname>Littlemore</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>tim at tjl2 dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>John</firstname>
- <surname>Stowers</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>john dot stowers at gmail dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Nigel</firstname>
- <surname>Tao</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>nigel dot tao at myrealbox dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Matthew</firstname>
- <surname>East</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>Ubuntu Documentation Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>mdke at ubuntu dot com</email>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname>Carlos</firstname>
- <surname>Garnacho Parro</surname>
- <affiliation>
- <orgname>GNOME Project</orgname>
- </affiliation>
- <email>carlosg@gnome.org</email>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
- <releaseinfo revision="2.26" role="review">
- </releaseinfo>
-
- <revhistory>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>2.14</revnumber>
- <date>2006-02-03</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Karderio</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>2.10</revnumber>
- <date>2005-03-08</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Shaun McCance</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.8 Desktop User Guide V2.8</revnumber>
- <date>September 2004</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.4 Desktop User Guide V2.7</revnumber>
- <date>September 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.4 Desktop User Guide V2.6</revnumber>
- <date>August 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.2.1 Desktop User Guide V2.5</revnumber>
- <date>March 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.2 Desktop User Guide V2.4</revnumber>
- <date>January 2003</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.3</revnumber>
- <date>October 2002</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.2</revnumber>
- <date>August 2002</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V2.1</revnumber>
- <date>August 2002</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- <revision>
- <revnumber>GNOME 2.0 Desktop User Guide V1.0</revnumber>
- <date>May 2002</date>
- <revdescription>
- <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
- <para role="publisher">GNOME Documentation Project</para>
- </revdescription>
- </revision>
- </revhistory>
-
- <releaseinfo>This manual describes version &gnomeversion; of the
- GNOME desktop.</releaseinfo>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <title>Feedback</title>
- <para>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the GNOME
- desktop or this manual, follow the directions in the <link
- linkend="feedback">GNOME Feedback Page</link>.</para>
- </legalnotice>
- </bookinfo>
-
- <include href="gosbasic.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Basic skills -->
- <include href="gosoverview.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Overview-->
- <include href="gosstartsession.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /><!-- Sessions -->
- <include href="gospanel.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Panels -->
- <include href="goseditmainmenu.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /><!-- Menus -->
- <include href="gosnautilus.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Nautilus -->
- <include href="gostools.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Tools & utilities -->
- <include href="goscustdesk.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Preferences -->
- <include href="glossary.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Glossary -->
- <include href="gosfeedback.xml" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" /> <!-- Feedback -->
-
-</book>